FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP INC
SB-2, 1996-06-03
ELECTRONIC PARTS & EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: HEALTH OUTCOMES MANAGEMENT INC, 10KSB, 1996-06-03
Next: NATIONAL HEALTH ENHANCEMENT SYSTEMS INC, DEF 14A, 1996-06-03










              As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                                 on June 3, 1996

                                            Registration No. 33-
       -----------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                       ----------------------------------

                                    FORM SB-2
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                     ---------------------------------------

                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its charter)

                                    Delaware
                          (State or Other Jurisdiction
                        of incorporation or organization)

                         -------------------------------

                                      3661
            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

                                   06-1205743
                      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                                81 Church Street
                        East Hartford, Connecticut 06108
                                 (860) 282-0010
             (Address and Telephone Number of Registrant's Principal
               Executive Offices and Principal Place of Business)

                         -------------------------------

                                ROBERT G. LAVIGNE
                                81 Church Street
                        East Hartford, Connecticut 06108
                                 (860) 282-0010
                      (Name, Address and Telephone Number,
                              of Agent for Service)

                      ------------------------------------

                                   Copies to:

RICHARD F. HOROWITZ, ESQ.                                WILLIAM M. PRIFTI, ESQ.
IRVING ROTHSTEIN, ESQ.                                   220 Broadway, Suite 204
Heller, Horowitz & Feit, P.C.                              Lynnfield, MA 01940
292 Madison Avenue                                      Telephone: (617)593-4525
New York, New York 10017                                Facsimile: (617)598-5222
Telephone: (212)685-7600
Facsimile: (212)696-9459






          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:

 As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
                                                                         Proposed
                                                                          Maximum         Proposed
                                                                          Offering         Maximum
Title of Each Class                                      Amount            Price          Aggregate                Amount of
of Securities to be                                      To Be              Per           Offering                 Registra-
Registered                                            Registered          Security         Price (1)               tion Fee         
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>           <C>                     <C>       
Units                                                   1,150,000         $ 4.6875      $ 5,390,625.00          $ 1,858.69
Common Stock, $.001 par value per                                                            
   share                                                1,150,000            ---            ---                     ---
Class A Redeemable Common Stock                                                                 
   Purchase Warrants                                    1,150,000            ---            ---                     ---
Class B Redeemable Common Stock                                                                 
   Purchase Warrants                                    1,150,000            ---            ---                     ---
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value per
   share (2)                                            2,300,000         $ 6.5625      $15,093,750.00          $ 5,204.33
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Underwriters' Warrants (3)                                100,000          $  .001      $       100.00          $      .03
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Underwriters' Units (4)                                   100,000         $ 6.5625      $   656,250.00          $   226.28
Common Stock, $.001 par value per
   share                                                  100,000            ---            ---                   ---
Class A Redeemable Common Stock
   Purchase Warrants                                      100,000            ---            ---                   ---
Class B Redeemable Common Stock
   Purchase Warrants                                      100,000            ---            ---                   ---
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (5)
                                                          200,000        $ 6.5625       $ 1,312,500.00          $   452.55
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                                   $22,453,225.00          $ 7,741.88
====================================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated  solely  for the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration  fee
     pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities  Act of 1933.  Based upon closing
     price of $.46875 on May 27, 1996 and adjusted for the  anticipated  reverse
     split. Includes 150,000 Units for the Underwriter's overallotment option.

(2)  Issuable  upon exercise of the Class A and Class B Redeemable  Common Stock
     Purchase Warrants included in the Units and in the overallotment option.

(3)  Issued to the  Underwriter  entitling the  Underwriter to purchase one Unit
     (consisting  of one share of Common  Stock,  one Class A Redeemable  Common
     Stock  Purchase  Warrant and one Class B Redeemable  Common Stock  Purchase
     Warrant) for each ten Units it underwrites in the public offering.

(4)  Issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants.

(5)  Issuable upon  exercise of the Class A and Class B Redeemable  Common Stock
     Purchase Warrants included in the Underwriter's Warrants purchasable by the
     Underwriter.


                                       2


     The registrant  hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.



                                       3




                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.


Cross  Reference  Sheet Showing  Location in Prospectus of Information  Required
Therein by Items 1 through 23 of Form SB-2


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Registration Statement                                           Prospectus Caption
                               Item and Heading                                                or Location
                               ----------------                                                -----------

<S>                                                                                         <C>                                    
 1.  Front of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover of
     Prospectus ..........................................................................   Outside Front Cover Page

 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus .............................   Inside Front/Outside Back Cover Page

 3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors ................................................   Prospectus Summary, The Company,
                                                                                             Risk Factors

 4.  Use of Proceeds .....................................................................   Use of Proceeds

 5.  Determination of Offering Price .....................................................   Not Applicable

 6.  Dilution ............................................................................   Not Applicable

 7.  Selling Security Holders ............................................................   Not Applicable

 8.  Plan of Distribution ................................................................   Underwriting

 9.  Legal Proceedings ...................................................................   Not Applicable

10.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons ........................   Management

11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management ......................   Principal Stockholders

12.  Description of Securities ...........................................................   Description of Securities

13.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel ..............................................   Not Applicable

14.  Disclosure of Commission Position onIndemnification for Securities
     Act Liabilities .....................................................................   Management

15.  Organization Within Last Five Years .................................................   Not Applicable

16.  Description of Business .............................................................   Business

17.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation ...........................   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                                                             Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                                             Operations


                                       4



18.  Description of Property .............................................................   Business

19.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ......................................   Not Applicable

20.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholders Matters ...........................   Price Range for listed Securities and
                                                                                             Dividend Policy

21.  Executive Compensation ..............................................................   Management

22.  Financial Statements ................................................................   Financial Statements

23.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
     Financial Disclosure ................................................................   Not Applicable


</TABLE>

                                       5



                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 3, 1996

PROSPECTUS
                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.
                                 1,000,000 Units
               Each Unit Consisting of One Share of Common Stock,
              One Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant
            and One Class B Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant

                              ____________________

     Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc. (the "Company")  hereby offers 1,000,000
Units (the "Units"),  each Unit  consisting of one share of common stock,  $.001
par value per share (the "Common  Stock"),  one Class A Redeemable  Common Stock
Purchase  Warrant  (the "Class A Warrants")  and one Class B  Redeemable  Common
Stock Purchase Warrant (the "Class B Warrants" and collectively with the Class A
Warrants,  the "Warrants").  The shares of Common Stock and Warrants  comprising
the Units shall be  separately  tradeable,  only upon the  determination  of the
Underwriter.  Each Class A Warrant  entitles the holder to purchase one share of
Common  Stock at a price of $____ per  share  [130% of the Unit  Offering  Price
which is the average  closing bid price for the 10 days prior to  effectiveness]
and each Class B Warrant  entitles  the holder to  purchase  one share of Common
Stock  at a price  of  $____  [150%  of the  Unit  Offering  Price]  at any time
commencing ___________, 1996 [the date of this Prospectus], until ________, 2001
[5 years after the date of this Prospectus].  The Warrants are redeemable by the
Company  at a  redemption  price of $.10  per  Warrant  at any  time  commencing
_________, 1997 [13 months after the date of this Prospectus], on __ days' prior
written  notice,  provided  that the reported  closing price of the Common Stock
equals  or  exceeds  $____  [150% of the Unit  Offering  Price]  for the Class A
Warrants  and $___ [170% of the Unit  Offering  Price] for the Class B Warrants,
for a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending five days prior to the notice
of redemption. See "Description of Securities."

     The Units  will be offered  first to the  Company's  Stockholders  upon the
exercise  of  "Rights"  distributed   herewith  (the  "Rights  Offering").   The
Stockholders  will  have  30 days to  exercise  their  Rights,  which  shall  be
distributed on a pro rata basis, based upon the number of shares of Common Stock
owned by each stockholder.  To the extent Rights are not exercised, they may, at
the  discretion  of the  Underwriter,  be  purchased by other  stockholders  who
indicate an interest to exercise more rights than their pro rata allocation. All
Units not purchased in the Rights Offering will be offered, on a firm commitment
basis by the Underwriter. See "Underwriting."

     Prior to this  offering,  there has been no public  market for the Units or
the Warrants and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop after
the  completion  of  this  offering  or,  that  if  developed,  that  it will be
sustained.  The Common Stock is traded on the National Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.,  Automated Quotation System ("Nasdaq") SmallCap Market under the
symbol  "FONE." It is  anticipated  that the Units and the Warrants will also be
included under the symbols "_____",  "______" and "_________." On ______,  1996,
the closing price of the Company's Common Stock was $_____.  The Company intends
to attempt to have the Units and Warrants  listed on The Boston Stock  Exchange.
For  information  regarding  the factors  considered in  determining  the public
offering price and terms of the Units, see "Risk Factors" and "Underwriting."



                                       6




                              ____________________

           THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
                      AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.
                               SEE "RISK FACTORS."
                              ____________________

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

================================================================================
                                         Underwriting
                Price to                 Discounts and            Proceeds to
                Public                   Commissions(1)           Company(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Unit        $                        $                        $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total           $                        $                        $
================================================================================

(1)     Does not include additional  compensation to Schneider Securities,  Inc.
        (the  "Underwriter") in the form of a non-accountable  expense allowance
        in  the  amount  of  3% of  the  gross  amount  of  Units  sold  by  the
        Underwriter.  In addition, see "Underwriting" for information concerning
        indemnification  and  other  compensation  payable  to the  Underwriter.
        Discounts and commissions and the  Underwriter's  expense allowance will
        only  be  payable  upon  those  Units  actually   underwritten   by  the
        Underwriter.  However, the Underwriter will receive a fee based upon the
        gross amount of Units  purchased in the Rights  Offering as described in
        "Underwriting."

(2)     Before deducting  estimated  expenses of $______ payable by the Company,
        including  the   non-accountable   expense   allowance  payable  to  the
        Underwriter. See "Use of Proceeds."



     The Units  being  offered by the  Underwriter,  are  subject to prior sale,
when,  as and if delivered to and  accepted by the  Underwriter,  and subject to
approval of certain  legal  matters by its counsel and subject to certain  other
conditions.  The  Underwriter  reserves the right to withdraw,  cancel or modify
this  offering and to reject any order in whole or in part.  It is expected that
delivery of the securities  offered  hereby will be made against  payment at the
offices of Schneider Securities,  Inc.,  Providence,  Rhode Island on or about ,
1996.



                           Schneider Securities, Inc.

             The date of this Prospectus is _________________, 1996


                                       7


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company is subject to the  information  requirements  of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and in accordance  therewith  files  reports,
proxy  statements  and  other  information  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission").   Such  Reports,  proxy  statements  and  other
information  filed by the  Company  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public
reference facilities  maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Room 1024,  Washington,  D.C. 20549 and at certain of its Regional
Offices located at: 7 World Trade Center,  13th Floor, New York, New York 10048;
and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such
material can be obtained from the Public Reference  Section of the Commission at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates.


                                       8


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     Prospective  investors should read this Prospectus  carefully before making
any  investment  decision  regarding  the  Company,  and should  pay  particular
attention  to the  information  contained in this  Prospectus  under the heading
"Risk  Factors." In addition,  prospective  investors  should  consult their own
advisors in order to understand  fully the  consequences of an investment in the
Company. Unless otherwise specified,  all information in this Prospectus assumes
no exercise of (i) the Underwriter's  Warrants or the  overallotment  option, or
(ii) other  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of
5,397,862 shares of Common Stock.

     The  following  summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in
its entirety by more detailed  information  and financial  statements  appearing
elsewhere  in  this   Prospectus.   The  Company  is   currently   contemplating
implementing a 1:10 reverse split of its  outstanding  securities  (the "Reverse
Split") and is requesting its  stockholders  to approve the Reverse Split at its
1996 Annual Meeting.  Unless otherwise  specifically stated, no adjustments have
been made herein to account for the Reverse Split.


                                   THE COMPANY

     Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. (the "Company") is engaged in the Customer
Premise   Equipment   ("CPE")  segment  of  the   telecommunications   industry,
principally  as a secondary  market  reseller of used  and/or  refurbished  AT&T
business  telephone  parts and  systems,  and as a  designer,  manufacturer  and
supplier  of  proprietary  voice (or "call")  processing  systems  that  provide
automated call handling,  voice and fax messaging,  interactive  voice response,
automated call distribution and message notification functionality.  The Company
also provides equipment repair and refurbishing, inventory management, and other
related  value-added  services.  The Company  sells its products and services to
corporate  end  users,  and to other  dealers  and  distributors.  CPE refers to
equipment which resides at the customer's premises.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in 1986 and  became a public
company in May 1987 following the completion of its initial public offering.  In
January  1994,  the  Company  acquired  certain   operating  assets  of  Cobotyx
Corporation,  Inc.  ("CCI"),  a  designer,  manufacturer  and  supplier of voice
processing  systems,  and expanded its entry into this  marketplace  through the
formation of a voice processing products division ("Cobotyx Division").

     Telephone parts,  systems and services were marketed  domestically  through
the Company's  in-house sales staff to over 1,400 customers  during 1995 ranging
from  small  companies  to large,  multi-location  corporations,  and  including
equipment  wholesalers,   dealers,  distributors  and  government  agencies  and
municipalities.  The Company  believes its  customers are generally (i) existing
AT&T equipment users that require piece parts to

                                       9

upgrade,   expand,   or  maintain  their   existing   telephone   system,   (ii)
cost-conscious  businesses  that  desire  to save  money by  purchasing  used or
refurbished   equipment  instead  of  new  equipment,   but  still  retain  AT&T
installation  and maintenance  support for these products,  and (iii) businesses
that may have no current need for AT&T's  latest and most  technically  advanced
product offerings.  Businesses also look to the Company,  and to other secondary
market resellers,  to meet their immediate equipment delivery requirements.  The
Company is also  pursuing the sale of its products  internationally,  such as in
the People's Republic of China ("PRC"), the Republic of the Philippines,  and in
other countries  which have  underdeveloped  telecommunications  systems and may
have limited financial resources.

     The Company  distributes its voice  processing  products  domestically  and
internationally   to  approximately  an  additional  500  customers,   primarily
independent dealers and distributors,  end-users,  and through arrangements with
several manufacturers of telephone systems and business equipment.

     The  Company's  objective  is to  significantly  expand  its  revenues  and
profitability through a strategy based on:

     Domestic  Expansion  - The  Company is seeking to expand its  revenues  and
     customer base in the domestic secondary telephone equipment  marketplace by
     increasing its sales force, establishing business in other geographic areas
     of the U.S. and by  continuing  to provide  quality  refurbished  products,
     superior customer service and support,  and other  value-added  services as
     required by its customers.  The Company is also attempting to become a more
     strategic  partner to AT&T, by  specializing in the resale of AT&T products
     and through the establishment of distribution  rights to new AT&T equipment
     as allowed by AT&T. The Company may also seek to acquire similar businesses
     in other geographic areas of the U.S., as opportunities  arise, in order to
     increase its share of this market.

     New Voice Processing  Products and Services - The Company plans to continue
     its expansion  into this  marketplace  by utilizing or  developing  current
     technologies to produce state-of-the-art  products that provide basic voice
     and call  processing  functionality  while also providing  flexibility  and
     expandability.  The  Company  plans to adapt  its  technology  to  emerging
     industry  standards,   and  plans  to  provide  custom  computer  telephone
     integration solutions for its customers

     International Expansion - The Company's strategy includes developing and/or
     providing  products and technologies to assist  developing  countries which
     have inadequate  telecommunications  infrastructures by providing low-cost,
     reliable  telecommunications  equipment and services.  The Company plans to
     seek and develop  relationships  with  internationally-based  partners  and
     enter  into  marketing  and/or  distribution  agreements  with  established
     overseas  businesses  in the  countries  that the Company  has  targeted to
     penetrate,  including the PRC, the Republic of the  Philippines,  and other
     countries.

                                       10


     Effective  February  29,  1996,  the Company  purchased  from AT&T  Systems
Leasing Corporation, a subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation, certain assets of
its discontinued Asset Recovery Center ("ARC").  Prior to its closing in January
1996,  the ARC  primarily  operated to service  AT&T  affiliates  in the orderly
disposition,  by way of consignment sales arrangements,  of excess,  overstocked
and end-of-life  telecommunications,  computer and data transmission  equipment.
The assets  acquired  consisted  primarily  of  warehouse  equipment,  vehicles,
computer and office equipment,  and inventory. The Company concurrently formed a
subsidiary corporation, Farmstead Asset Management Services, LLC ("FAMS"), which
is using the purchased assets to start up a similar operation in Piscataway, New
Jersey.  The  Company  intends  to  attempt  to  re-establish   certain  of  the
relationships that the ARC enjoyed,  however, no assurances can be given that it
will be able to do so. The Company  believes  that the  operations  of FAMS will
provide it with an opportunity to develop new sources of equipment for resale to
its existing customers,  as well as to other wholesalers in the telephone,  data
and computer secondary markets, and internationally.


                                       11








                                  THE OFFERING
<TABLE>


<S>                                                     <C>                                                  
Securities Offered..................                    1,000,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of
                                                        Common Stock, one Class A Warrant and one Class B Warrant.
Common Stock Outstanding
Before Offering....................                     21,238,676 shares (1)

Common Stock Outstanding
After Offering.....................                     22,238,676 shares (2)

Warrants:
Number to be outstanding after the
Offering...........................                     2,000,000 Warrants(3)

Exercise Price.....................                     The exercise price of each Class A and Class B Warrant is
                                                        $____ per share and $_____ per share, respectively.  See
                                                        "Description of Securities."

Exercise Period....................                     The exercise period of the Warrants will commence on the
                                                        date of this Prospectus and will expire at 5:00 p.m. New
                                                        York City local time on ________, 2001.  See "Description
                                                        of Securities."


Redemption.........................                     The Warrants are redeemable by the Company, in whole or
                                                        in part, at the option of the Company, at a price of $.10
                                                        per Warrant at any time commencing _________, 1997, upon
                                                        __ days' prior written notice, provided that the reported
                                                        closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $____
                                                        for the Class A Warrants and $____for the B Warrants for
                                                        a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending five days
                                                        prior to the notice of redemption.  See "Description of
                                                        Securities."

Use of Proceeds.....................                    To expand domestically and internationally, to develop
                                                        new voice processing products, and working capital
                                                        generally.  See "Use of Proceeds."


Risk Factors.......................                     The securities offered hereby involve a high degree of
                                                        risk including the fact that the Company has a history of
                                                        losses and low earnings, that it will be subject to all
                                                        the vagaries of attempting to open up an international
                                                        market, and that it operates in a market subject to
                                                        extremely rapid technological change.  See "Risk Factors."
NASDAQ Symbol
  Units (proposed).................
  Common Stock.....................                     FONE
  Class A Warrants (proposed)......
  Class B Warrants (proposed)......

Symbol for proposed Boston
     Stock Exchange Listing........
</TABLE>

                                       12

- -----------------------------------

(1)     Represents  2,123,868 shares after adjusting for the Reverse Split,  but
        without adjusting for rounding fractional shares.

(2)     Represents  2,223,868  shares after adjusting for the Reverse Split, but
        without  adjusting for rounding  fractional  shares.  Excludes (i) up to
        2,000,000  shares of authorized  but unissued  Common Stock reserved for
        issuance upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Offering; (ii) up
        to 100,000 shares of authorized but unissued  Common Stock issuable upon
        exercise by the Underwriter of the Underwriter's  Warrants;  (iii) up to
        an additional  200,000  shares of authorized  but unissued  Common Stock
        issuable  upon exercise of the Warrants  contained in the  Underwriter's
        Warrants;  (iv) up to  1,835,727  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon
        exercise of currently  outstanding  Public Warrants at an exercise price
        of $.50;  (v) up to 662,726 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
        to the  underwriters  of the  Company's  initial  public  offering  at a
        weighted  average  exercise  price of $.63;  (vi)  2,899,409  shares  of
        authorized but unissued Common Stock reserved for issuance under options
        already  granted  pursuant  to the  Company's  Stock  Option  Plans  and
        agreements at a weighted average exercise price of $.43; (vii) 1,240,917
        shares of authorized  but unissued  shares of Common Stock  reserved for
        issuance  under the  Company's  Stock Option plans and  agreements;  and
        (viii) up to 450,000  shares of Common Stock issuable as a result of the
        Underwriter's  overallotment  option.  See  "Description of Securities,"
        "Underwriting" and "Executive Compensation-Stock Plans."

(3)     Includes  both  the  Class A and  Class  B  Warrants.  Excludes  200,000
        Warrants  included in the Units  reserved for issuance  upon exercise of
        the Underwriter's  Warrants and the Underwriter's  overallotment option.
        See "Underwriting."


                                       13


                          SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following  table sets forth summary  financial  data of the Company for
the five years ended  December 31, 1995 and for the  three-month  periods  ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996.  Data  relating to the years ended  December  31, 1991,
1992,  1993, 1994 and 1995 are derived from audited  financial  statements.  The
balance  sheet at  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and the  related  statements  of
operations  and cash flows for the two years ended  December  31, 1995 and notes
thereto appear  elsewhere  herein.  The selected  financial data as of March 31,
1996 and for the three months  ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,  have been derived
from unaudited financial statements; however, in the opinion of management, such
data include all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring  adjustments,
necessary for fair  presentation of such data. The results of operations for the
three month period ended March 31, 1996 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the
results that may be expected  for the full year.  The  following  data should be
read in  conjunction  with  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and the Company's Financial  Statements and
the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Three Months Ended
                                                                                                       ------------------
                                                                                                      March 31,   March 31,
                                       1991         1992         1993         1994         1995         1995        1996
                                       ----         ----         ----         ----         ----         ----        ----

<S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Net sales and                       
service revenues                     $  5,263     $  6,227     $  6,291     $ 11,787     $ 15,317     $  3,713     $  4,122

Cost of goods and
services sold                           3,558        4,373        4,870        8,230       10,645        2,543        2,916

Selling, general and
  administrative expenses               1,878        1,580        2,445        3,183        4,835        1,142        1,085

Research and
  development expenses                      0            0           91          217           99            6           34

Interest expense                          146           98           61           40           99           14           30

Equity in unconsolidated
   Subsidiary                            --           --           --           --            197         --             12

Other income                              (31)         (12)         (19)         (58)         (14)          (4)        (292)

Total costs and expenses                5,551        6,039        7,448       11,612       15,861        3,701        3,785

Income (loss) before
  provision for income taxes             (288)         188       (1,157)         175         (544)          12          337

Provision for
  income taxes                             11            8            9            3            9            6            5

Net income (loss)                        (299)         180       (1,166)         172         (553)           6          332

Net income (loss)
  per share                              (.03)         .01         (.06)         .01         (.03)           *          .02

Weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding             9,475       12,978       18,088       21,608       20,842       20,677       21,425

- ----------
*       Less than one-half cent.

</TABLE>

                                       14




BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                                 As of March 31, 1996
                                                 --------------------
                                                                 Pro Forma,
                                              Actual           as Adjusted(1)
                                              ------           --------------
Working capital ............................. $2,569
Total Assets ................................  6,813

Total Liabilities ...........................  3,475
Stockholders' equity ........................  3,338



(1)     Gives effect to the issuance of 1,000,000  Units and  application of the
        estimated net proceeds therefrom.  See "Use of Proceeds."



                                  THE COMPANY

     Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on October 8,
1986 (the "Company"). The Company's predecessor,  The Farmstead Group, Inc., was
in business from 1984 to 1987. The Company is principally  engaged in the resale
of used AT&T business  telephone  parts and systems,  and in the manufacture and
distribution of voice processing systems. The Company additionally provides AT&T
telephone equipment repair,  refurbishing,  rental and inventory  management and
other  value-added  services.  The Company's  corporate  office is located at 81
Church Street, East Hartford, Connecticut 06108 at which its telephone number is
(860) 282-0010.


                                  RISK FACTORS

     THE SECURITIES BEING OFFERED HEREBY REPRESENT A SPECULATIVE  INVESTMENT AND
A HIGH  DEGREE  OF RISK.  THEREFORE,  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD  THOROUGHLY
CONSIDER ALL OF THE RISK FACTORS DISCUSSED BELOW AND SHOULD UNDERSTAND THAT THEY
COULD LOSE ALL OR PART OF THEIR INVESTMENT.  NO PERSON SHOULD CONSIDER INVESTING
WHO CANNOT AFFORD TO LOSE A SUBSTANTIAL  PART OR ALL OF HIS INVESTMENT OR WHO IS
IN ANY WAY DEPENDENT UPON THE FUNDS THAT HE IS INVESTING.

     HISTORY  OF LOSSES  AND LOW  EARNINGS;  ACCUMULATED  DEFICIT.  The  Company
sustained a loss of $299,000  during 1991,  earned  $180,000  during 1992,  lost
$1,166,000  during 1993,  earned  $172,000  during 1994 and lost $553,000 during
1995.  At  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  had  an  accumulated  deficit  of
$5,446,000.  There can be no assurance that the Company's future activities will
be  successful  or  profitable.  See "Selected  Financial  Data" and  "Financial
Statements."

     COMPANY STILL  DEVELOPING ITS VOICE PROCESSING  PRODUCTS AND  INTERNATIONAL
EXPANSION.  Potential investors should be aware of the risks, problems,  delays,
expenses and  difficulties  encountered  by an  enterprise  in an early stage of
development such as the Company with regard to its voice processing business and
international expansion,  especially in view of the intense competition that the
Company has, and will assuredly continue to, encounter. Such matters include the
complications inherent in consistent and timely trans-Pacific shipping, currency
exchange  fluctuations,  political  policies,  cultural  biases and retention of
qualified  personnel.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis and Results of
Operations."

     EXPECTED RELIANCE ON STRATEGIC  PARTNERS FOR INTERNATIONAL  EXPANSION.  One
element of the Company's  strategy is to form alliances with strategic  partners
to assist the Company in identifying, developing and exploiting opportunities in
international markets. The Company has only recently entered into alliances with
some strategic  partners and it is premature to determine whether such alliances
will be  successful.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
locate additional  strategic  partners or that such strategy  ultimately will be
successful. The Company's success will also depend, in part, upon its ability to
provide  its  international  customers,   either  directly  or  through  others,


                                       16


technical  support and customer  service for its products.  The Company does not
presently  have the personnel to provide such services and initially  intends to
rely on its  strategic  partners  to  provide  such  services.  There  can be no
assurance that such services can be negotiated on acceptable  terms,  if at all.
Failure to provide such  technical  support and customer  services  could have a
material  adverse effect on the Company's  ability to expand into  international
markets. See "Business."

     CONTINUING  NEED FOR AT&T'S  SUPPORT OF THE SECONDARY  MARKET.  Since 1985,
AT&T has  provided  support  to the  secondary  market  by  continuing  to offer
installation, maintenance, repair, reconditioning and certification services for
its products  purchased by end-users  through  equipment  resellers (such as the
Company).  AT&T  also  generally  provides  a one  year  warranty  for  products
purchased from AT&T for resale,  provided it performs the  installation.  Should
AT&T  decide no longer to provide  such  support to the  secondary  market,  the
business  of  the  Company  could  be   materially   adversely   affected.   See
"Business-The Company's Telephone Equipment Products-Relationship with AT&T."

     UNCERTAINTY  CAUSED BY  RESTRUCTURING  OF AT&T.  In  September  1995,  AT&T
initiated a  restructuring  of its businesses by splitting its  operations  into
three separate companies. While the Company's contract with AT&T was assigned to
one of  these  new  companies,  Lucent  Technologies,  Inc.,  and  the  business
relationship  has not been  affected,  no  assurance  can be given  that  AT&T's
restructuring  will not cause a disturbance in the Company's  relationship going
forward. See "Business."

     COMPANY  MAY BE SUBJECT  TO  SIGNIFICANT  COMPETITION.  The market for used
telephone  parts  and  systems  and for  voice  processing  products  is  highly
competitive.  Many of the companies  which now offer or may be expected to offer
products with which the Company will compete are more established,  benefit from
greater  market   recognition   and  have   significantly   greater   financial,
technological,  manufacturing  and  marketing  resources  than the Company.  The
Company's telephone  equipment  competitors include AT&T, other secondary market
AT&T resellers and other telephone equipment manufacturers.  The Company's voice
processing systems competitors also include major  telecommunications  equipment
manufacturers  and telephone  companies as well as independent  call  processing
equipment manufacturers. As the industry evolves to further integrate telephones
with PCs, the Company  anticipates  that it will encounter a broader  variety of
competitors,  including  new entrants  from related  computer and  communication
industries.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to develop
more technologically advanced products or that even if it is able to develop, or
acquire  rights  to  incorporate  into  its  products,  the next  generation  of
technology,  that such products will perform as well as competitor's products or
that such  products  will be accepted by the market or that the Company will see
any financial benefit therefrom. See "Business-Competition."

     DEPENDENCE  ON  SUPPLIERS.   The  Company's   voice   processing   products
incorporate  certain component parts and subassemblies  produced or assembled by
third  parties.  The  Company's  reliance on third  parties to  manufacture  and
subassemble  certain components  involves  significant risks,  including reduced
control  over  delivery  schedules,  the  inability  to ship its  product  under
"just-in-time"  arrangements  and quality  assurance,  which may have


                                       17


a material adverse effect on the Company's  business.  As a result,  the Company
may be required to devote significant  amounts of capital to inventory,  and may
be  dependent  on timely  supply of  purchased  inventory.  Failure to obtain an
adequate  supply of components  on a timely basis could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company. See "Business."

     TECHNOLOGICAL  CHANGES.  The technology  underlying the  telecommunications
industry  generally  and voice  processing  products in particular is subject to
extremely  rapid change,  including  potential  introduction of new products and
technologies  which  may  have a  materially  adverse  impact  on the  Company's
products.  The Company will need to maintain an on-going  research,  development
and  engineering  program and its  success,  if any,  will depend in part on its
ability  to  respond  quickly  to  technological   advances  by  developing  and
introducing new products or features.  Alternatively, the Company can attempt to
purchase new  technologies as they become  available.  There can be no assurance
that the  Company  will be able to foresee  and  respond to such  advances  in a
timely  manner,  if at all.  In  addition,  there can be no  assurance  that the
development  of  technologies  and products by  competitors  will not render the
Company's products non-competitive or obsolete. See "Business."

     CURRENT  PROSPECTUS AND STATE "BLUE SKY" REGISTRATION  REQUIRED TO EXERCISE
THE WARRANTS. Upon the determination of the Underwriter,  the Warrants which are
part of the Units offered hereby will be separately tradeable. Purchasers of the
Warrants will have the right to exercise them to purchase shares of Common Stock
only if a current prospectus  relating to such shares is then in effect and only
if the shares are qualified for sale under the  securities  laws of the state in
which the  purchaser  resides.  The  Company  has  undertaken  to  maintain  the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus  forms a
part which  permits the  purchase and sale of the Common  Stock  underlying  the
Warrants,  but there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so.
The Warrants may be deprived of any value if a current  prospectus  covering the
shares issuable upon the exercise  thereof is not kept  effective.  Although the
Units will not  knowingly be sold to purchasers  in  jurisdictions  in which the
Units are not  registered or otherwise  qualified for sale,  purchasers  may buy
Units in the  aftermarket  or may move to  jurisdictions  in which the shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants are not so  registered or
qualified  during the period that the Warrants are  exercisable.  In this event,
the Company would be unable to issue the shares of Common Stock to those persons
desiring to exercise their Warrants  unless and until the shares of Common Stock
could be  qualified  for sale in the  jurisdictions  in  which  such  purchasers
reside,   or  unless  an  exemption  to  such   qualification   exists  in  such
jurisdictions. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to effect
or maintain any required  registration  or  qualification.  See  "Description of
Securities."

     UNCERTAINTY OF PROTECTION OF PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS. The Company's
success  may depend in part on its  ability to obtain  patents,  maintain  trade
secrets and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, both
in the U.S. and in other countries.  The patent positions of software  companies
can be highly  uncertain and involve  complex legal and factual  questions,  and
therefore the breadth and  enforceability  of claims allowed in software patents
cannot  be  predicted.  There can be no  assurance  that any  issued

  
                                       18


or pending patents will not be challenged,  invalidated or circumvented, or that
the rights granted thereunder will provide proprietary protection or competitive
advantages to the Company.

     The  commercial  success of the Company also will depend,  in part,  on the
Company not infringing patents issued to others and not breaching the technology
licenses upon which any Company products are based. It is uncertain  whether any
third-party patents will require the Company to alter its products or processes,
obtain licenses or cease certain activities.  In addition, if patents are issued
to others  which  contain  dominating  claims,  and such  claims are  ultimately
determined to be valid,  the Company may be required to obtain licenses to these
patents or to develop or obtain  alternative  technology.  If any  licenses  are
required,  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain any
such licenses on commercially  favorable  terms, if at all. The Company's breach
of an existing  license or failure to obtain a license to any technology that it
may require to commercialize  its products may have a material adverse impact on
the Company. Litigation, which could result in substantial costs to the Company,
may also be necessary  to enforce any patents  licensed or issued to the Company
or to determine the scope and validity of  third-party  proprietary  rights.  If
competitors of the Company prepare and file patent applications in the U.S. that
claim  technology  also  claimed  by  the  Company,  the  Company  may  have  to
participate  in  interference  proceedings  declared  by  the  U.S.  Patent  and
Trademark  Office to  determine  priority of  invention,  which could  result in
substantial  costs to the Company,  even if the eventual outcome is favorable to
the  Company.  An adverse  outcome  could  subject  the  Company to  significant
liabilities to third parties,  require disputed rights to be licensed from third
parties or require the Company to cease using such technology.

     The Company  also relies on secrecy to protect its  technology,  especially
where patent  protection is not believed to be appropriate or obtainable.  There
can be no assurance that the Company's trade secrets will not become known or be
independently  discovered by competitors.  See  "Business-Patents,  Licenses and
Trademarks."

     POTENTIAL  ADVERSE  EFFECT OF REDEMPTION  OF WARRANTS.  The Warrants may be
redeemed by the Company at any time after  thirteen  months from the date hereof
at a price of $.10 per Share on __ days' prior written notice, provided that the
closing  trading  price of the  Common  Stock for the  twenty  (20)  consecutive
trading  days ending five (5) days prior to the giving of notice of  redemption,
equals  or  exceeds  $____ for the  Class A  Warrants  and $____ for the Class B
Warrants.  Notice of redemption of the Warrants could force the Warrant  holders
to  exercise  the  Warrants at a time when it might be  disadvantageous  for the
holders to do so or to sell the Warrants at their then current market price when
the holders might otherwise wish to hold the Warrants for possible appreciation.
Alternatively, the holders may accept the redemption price, when it is likely to
be  substantially  less than the  market  value of the  Warrants  at the time of
redemption.  Any  holders  who do not  exercise  their  Warrants  prior to their
redemption,  will  forfeit  the right to  purchase  the  shares of Common  Stock
underlying the Warrants. See "Description of Securities."


                                       19

     UNDERWRITER'S  WARRANTS. In connection with this Offering, the Company will
sell to the Underwriter for a nominal amount, warrants to purchase up to 100,000
Units. The Underwriter's  Warrants will be exercisable  commencing one year from
the effective date of this Prospectus and will continue to be exercisable  until
five years  from the date  hereof at an  exercise  price  equalling  140% of the
public offering price of the Units. For the life of the Underwriter's  Warrants,
the holders  thereof will be given the  opportunity to profit from a rise in the
market  price of the Common Stock or Warrants  with a resulting  dilution in the
interest of the  Company's  other  stockholders.  The terms on which the Company
could obtain additional  capital during the life of the  Underwriter's  Warrants
may be  adversely  affected  because the holders of the  Underwriter's  Warrants
might be expected to exercise them if the Company were able to obtain any needed
additional  capital in a new offering of  securities at a price greater than the
exercise price in the Underwriter's Warrant. See "Underwriting."

     POSSIBLE  ISSUANCE OF  SUBSTANTIAL  AMOUNTS OF  ADDITIONAL  SHARES  WITHOUT
STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. After this Offering, the Company will have an aggregate of
approximately  1,372,545  shares of Common Stock authorized but unissued and not
reserved for  specific  purposes  (26,462,255  after  adjusting  for the Reverse
Split) and an  additional  7,388,779  shares of Common  Stock  (1,413,878  after
adjusting for the Reverse Split) unissued but reserved for issuance  pursuant to
(i) the  Company's  Stock  Option  Plans and  agreements,  (ii)  exercise of the
currently  outstanding  Public Warrants and (iii) exercise by the Underwriter of
the Underwriter's  Warrants and the overallotment option and the exercise of the
underlying  Warrants.  All of such  shares may be issued  without  any action or
approval by the  Company's  stockholders.  Although  there are no other  present
plans,  agreements,  commitments or undertakings with respect to the issuance of
additional  shares of Common  Stock,  or  securities  convertible  into any such
shares by the Company,  any shares  issued would further  dilute the  percentage
ownership of the Company held by the public  stockholders.  See  "Description of
Securities."

     RELIANCE  UPON  MANAGEMENT.  The  Company  is  and  will  be  substantially
dependent, for the foreseeable future, upon its Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive  Officer,  George J. Taylor,  Jr., who currently devotes his
full time and efforts to the  management of the Company.  If the Company were to
lose the services of Mr. Taylor for any significant period of time, its business
may be  materially  adversely  affected.  While  the  Company  owns key man life
insurance in face amount of $500,000 on the life of Mr. Taylor,  there can be no
assurance that the insurance  proceeds would  adequately  compensate the Company
for the loss of Mr. Taylor. See "Management."

     VOTING CONTROL;  POTENTIAL  ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT. As of March 31, 1996, Mr.
Taylor  beneficially owned  approximately  12.5% of the outstanding stock of the
Company (8.5% after completion of the Offering),  and all directors and officers
as a group  beneficially own  approximately  15.9% of the outstanding stock (11%
after  completion of the  Offering)  taking into account  currently  exercisable
stock options held by them. Mr. Taylor,  as the Company's  largest  stockholder,
may still  continue to be able to elect all of its  Directors and to control the
Company's  business  and  affairs.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  subject  to
provisions of the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware  respecting
business


                                       20


combinations  which could, under certain  circumstances,  also hinder or delay a
change in control. See "Principal Stockholders."

     UNSPECIFIED  ACQUISITIONS.  The Company may engage in acquisitions of other
companies and businesses and may use its stock as consideration  therefor.  This
may  result in a  dilution  of the  percentage  of the equity to be owned by the
investors  in  this  Offering.  In  addition,   such  acquisitions  may  involve
speculative  and  risky  undertakings  by  the  Company.   Under  Delaware  law,
acquisitions do not require stockholder approval;  however, certain acquisitions
accomplished by merger or consolidation  do require  stockholder  approval.  The
Company does not, in general,  intend to submit acquisitions to stockholder vote
except where  required by Delaware Law. The Company does not currently  have any
plans,   arrangements  or  understandings  regarding  future  material  business
acquisitions.

     DILUTION.  Certain  stockholders of the Company acquired their interests in
the Company at an average cost per share which is significantly  lower than that
which  purchasers of the Units offered hereby will pay for their  stockholdings.
Accordingly,  purchasers of the Units in this Offering will experience immediate
and  substantial  dilution  in net  tangible  book value of the shares of Common
Stock comprising the Units.

     NO PAYMENT OF  DIVIDENDS  ON COMMON  STOCK.  The  Company  has not paid any
dividends  on  its  Common  Stock.  For  the  foreseeable  future,  the  Company
anticipates that all earnings,  if any, that may be generated from the Company's
operations  will be used to make  payments  to finance the growth of the Company
and that cash  dividends  will not be paid to holders of the  Common  Stock.  In
addition, as a condition of doing business, the maker of the Company's revolving
line of  credit  has the  right  of prior  approval  of the  declaration  of any
dividends. See "Price Range for Listed Securities and Dividend Policy."

     LIMITED MARKET FOR SECURITIES.  The Company's securities currently trade on
the NASDAQ  market and trading  volume  generally  is not at a high level.  As a
result, there is a limited market in the Company's securities,  and there can be
no  assurance  that  a  more  active  market  will  develop.   Accordingly,  any
investments in the Company's securities may be highly illiquid. See "Price Range
for Listed Securities and Dividend Policy."

     POSSIBLE  DEPRESSIVE  EFFECT OF RULE 144  SALES  AND SALES OF COMMON  STOCK
ISSUABLE  UPON  EXERCISE  OF  OPTIONS  AND/OR  WARRANTS.  As of April 30,  1996,
1,781,811  unregistered  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock  (178,181  after
adjusting for the Reverse Split) are held by George J. Taylor, Jr. the Company's
Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Under  Rule  144  of  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  all of such shares can  currently be publicly  sold or
otherwise transferred, subject to volume restriction. In addition, approximately
6,638,779  shares of Common  Stock  are  issuable  by the  Company  pursuant  to
currently  outstanding  options and/or warrants (663,878 after adjusting for the
Reverse Split).  Any such issuances could have a depressive effect on the market
price for the Common Stock. See "Description of  Securities-Shares  Eligible for
Future Sale."

     MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR NASDAQ SECURITIES.  It is anticipated that the
Units and the  Warrants  will be approved  for  inclusion  in NASDAQ.  An issuer
seeking  continued 


                                       21


inclusion  of its  securities  in NASDAQ is  required to meet  certain  criteria
including (i) total assets of at least  $2,000,000;  (ii) capital and surplus of
at least $1,000,000; and (iii) a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share unless the
market  value of its  public  float is at least  $1,000,000  and it has at least
$2,000,000 in capital and surplus. Upon completion of this Offering, the Company
anticipates  that it will satisfy the criteria  for  continued  inclusion of its
securities in NASDAQ.  However,  there can be no assurance that the Company will
continue  to  satisfy  such   criteria  and  for  how  long.   See   "Prospectus
Summary-Summary  Financial  Information"  and  "Capitalization."  If the Company
became  unable  to meet the  continued  quotation  criteria  of  NASDAQ  and was
suspended  therefrom,  the Company's  securities could be subject to a rule that
imposes  additional sales practice  requirements on certain  broker/dealers  who
sell such securities to persons other than established  customers and accredited
investors.  Consequently,  an investor  would  likely find it more  difficult to
dispose of, or to obtain  accurate  quotations as to the value of, the Company's
securities.

     REQUIRED  DISCLOSURE  CONCERNING  TRADING  OF PENNY  STOCKS  OR  LOW-PRICED
SECURITIES.   The  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  ("SEC")  has  adopted
regulations  that define a "penny  stock" to be any equity  security  that has a
market price (as  defined) of less than $5.00 per share or an exercise  price of
less than $5.00 per share,  subject to certain  exceptions.  Effective  July 15,
1992, for any  transaction  involving a penny stock,  unless  exempt,  the rules
require  the  delivery,  prior  to the  transaction,  of a  disclosure  schedule
prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock  market.  Commencing  January 1,
1993, the broker-dealer  also must disclose the commissions  payable to both the
broker-dealer  and the  registered  representative,  current  quotations for the
securities and, if the broker-dealer is the sole market-maker, the broker-dealer
must  disclose  this  fact and the  broker-dealer's  presumed  control  over the
market.  Finally,  monthly  statements  must be  sent  disclosing  recent  price
information  for the penny  stock held in the  account  and  information  on the
limited market in penny stocks.

     While many  NASDAQ-listed  securities would be covered by the definition of
penny stock,  transactions in a NASDAQ-listed  security would be exempt from all
but the sole  market-maker  provision  for (i)  issuers who have  $2,000,000  in
tangible assets  ($5,000,000 if the issuer has not been in continuous  operation
for three years),  (ii)  transactions in which the customer is an  institutional
accredited  investor,  and (iii)  transactions  that are not  recommended by the
broker-dealer.  In addition,  transactions in a NASDAQ security  directly with a
NASDAQ  market-maker  for  such  securities  would be  subject  only to the sole
market-maker  disclosure,  and the disclosure  with respect to commissions to be
paid to the broker-dealer and the registered representative. Finally, all NASDAQ
securities  would be exempt if NASDAQ  raised  its  requirements  for  continued
listing so that any issuer with less than  $2,000,000 in net tangible  assets or
stockholders'  equity  would be subject to  delisting.  These  criteria are more
stringent than the current NASDAQ maintenance requirements.  Consequently, these
rules  may  restrict  the  ability  of  broker-dealers  to  sell  the  Company's
securities  and may  affect  the  ability of  purchasers  to sell the  Company's
securities in the secondary market.



                                       22



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    All sold in                                                 
                                                                   Rights Offering                   All sold by Underwriter
                                                                   ---------------                   -----------------------
                                                                                    Approx.                          Approx.
                                                                   Approx.          % of Net         Approx.         % of Net
                                                                   $ Amount         Proceeds        $ Amount         Proceeds
                                                                   --------         --------        --------         --------
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>   
Domestic Business                 
Expansion ............................................            2,000,000          46.21%         1,800,000        47.45%
Product Development &
Marketing ............................................            1,000,000          23.11%           900,000        23.72%
International Business
Expansion ............................................              500,000          11.55%           450,000        11.86%

Facility Renovation/
Relocation ...........................................              500,000          11.55%           500,000        13.18%

Working Capital & General Corporate
Purposes .............................................              328,125           7.58%           143,750         3.79%
                                                                    -------           ----            -------         ---- 

Total ................................................           $4,328,125         100.00%         3,793,750       100.00%
                                                                 ==========         ======          =========       ====== 

</TABLE>


     The  foregoing  table   represents  the  Company's  best  estimate  of  the
allocation  of the  proceeds  of  this  Offering  (excluding  the  Underwriter's
overallotment  option),  assuming a Unit Offering Price of $4.6875, and is based
upon the current  state of the  Company's  development,  its  current  plans and
current economic and industry  conditions,  and is subject to reapportionment of
proceeds among the  categories  listed above or to new  categories.  The Company
cautions the investor that it is likely that a portion of the Units will be sold
in the Rights  Offering  and the balance by the  Underwriter.  Accordingly,  the
actual allocation will probably be between the ranges shown.

     Domestic business  expansion includes  increasing the sales force,  opening
geographically   dispersed   offices  and/or   acquiring  other  businesses  and
maintaining increased inventory stocking levels as a result of increased product
lines and higher  projected  sales  volume.  Product  development  and marketing
includes  expanding  the product line through  developing  new voice  processing
technologies,   and   expanding  the  Company's   product   marketing   program.
International   business  expansion  includes   developing   relationships  with
internationally-based  partners and equipment  compatible within the localities.
The Company plans to either  relocate a part of its operations to a new facility
or renovate its current facility in order to accommodate its projected  expanded
level of operations.

     The expenses incurred in developing and implementing the Company's business
plans cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty.  Specific allocations of
proceeds will


                                       23


ultimately  depend on the  progress and timing of the  aforementioned  projects.
Although  the  Company  has no  specific  acquisition  plans at the time,  if an
opportunity presents itself, the Company may use certain of the proceeds to fund
acquisitions.

     Until used, the Company  intends to invest the proceeds of this Offering in
government  securities,   certificates  of  deposit,  money  market  securities,
commercial  paper  or  other  short-term,   investment  grade,  income-producing
investments, or, may use the funds to temporarily reduce the outstanding balance
of its banking line of credit.


                                       24



                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the  capitalization  of the Company at March
31,  1996 and as  adjusted  to give  effect to the sale of the  1,000,000  Units
offered hereby (but not the Reverse Split) and the  application of the estimated
net proceeds therefrom:

(In thousands) 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         March 31, 1996
                                                                          --------------
                                                                        Actual    Adjusted
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>  
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common stock, $.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized;
Issued and outstanding 21,238,676 at March 31, 1996, and
__________ as adjusted (1)                                               $    21    ______   
                                                                         
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized;           
No Shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1996                             0          0
                                                                         
Additional paid-in capital                                                 8,431    _______
Accumulated deficit                                                       (5,114)   _______
                                                                          ------           
Total stockholders' equity                                                 3,338    _______
                                                                           =====           
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1)     Excludes (i) up to 2,000,000  shares of authorized  but unissued  Common
        Stock  reserved for issuance upon  exercise of the Warrants  included in
        the  Offering;  (ii) up to 100,000  shares of  authorized  but  unissued
        Common  Stock   issuable  upon  exercise  by  the   Underwriter  of  the
        Underwriter's  Warrants;  (iii) up to an  additional  200,000  shares of
        authorized  but unissued  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the
        Warrants contained in the Underwriter's  Warrants;  (iv) up to 1,835,727
        shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of currently  outstanding
        Public  Warrants;  (v) up to 662,726 shares of Common Stock reserved for
        issuance to the  underwriters of the Company's  initial public offering;
        (vi) 4,140,326  shares of authorized but unissued  Common Stock reserved
        for issuance under the Company's Stock Option Plans and agreements;  and
        (vii) up to an additional  450,000  shares of Common Stock issuable as a
        result of the Underwriter's  overallotment  option.  See "Description of
        Securities," "Underwriting" and "Executive Compensation-Stock Plans."


              PRICE RANGE FOR LISTED SECURITIES AND DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company's currently  registered Common Stock,  Warrants and Units trade
on The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market under the symbols  "FONE,"  "FONEW" and "FONEU,"
respectively.  The  quarterly  high and low sales  prices  for these  securities
during the first  quarter of 1996 and each of the fiscal  quarters  of the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 are presented below.


                                       25



COMMON STOCK:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1996                         1995                      1994
                                        ----                         ----                      ----
Quarter Ended                      High     Low               High         Low          High          Low
- -------------                      ----     ---               ----         ---          ----          ---
<S>                               <C>      <C>               <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>  
March 31                           $.59     $.19              $ .63        $ .34       $1.53         $ .72
June 30                                                         .69          .38        1.03           .69
September 30                                                    .56          .44        1.03           .56
December 31                                                     .41          .28         .78           .50

</TABLE>

     There were 21,238,676 shares  outstanding at March 31, 1996, and 21,238,676
and 20,398,947 shares  outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,
before giving effect to the Reverse Split.


WARRANTS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1996                         1995                      1994
                                        ----                         ----                      ----
Quarter Ended                      High     Low               High         Low          High          Low
- -------------                      ----     ---               ----         ---          ----          ---
<S>                               <C>     <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>  
March 31                           $.19    $.03               $ .22        $ .09        $ .94         $ .47
June 30                                                         .19          .03          .56           .31
September 30                                                    .13          .03          .53           .25
December 31                                                     .03          .03          .31           .13

</TABLE>

     There were 1,835,727 warrants  outstanding at March 31, 1996, and 1,835,727
and 2,675,456 warrants outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,
before giving effect to the Reverse Split.  Effective May 31, 1996, the Board of
Directors  extended  the  warrants  until July 1, 1997 and reduced the  exercise
price to $0.50.  The trigger  price of the Common  Stock for  redemption  of the
warrants was also lowered to $1.125 from $3.00.


UNITS (1):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1996                         1995                      1994
                                        ----                         ----                      ----
Quarter Ended                      High     Low               High         Low          High          Low
- -------------                      ----     ---               ----         ---          ----          ---
<S>                               <C>      <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>  
March 31                           $.75     $.38              $ .75        $ .41        $2.38         $1.50
June 30                                                         .81          .44         1.50          1.06
September 30                                                    .69          .69         1.44           .84
December 31                                                     .25          .25          .94           .75

</TABLE>

(1)     Units of the Company's  securities  consist of one share of Common Stock
        and a  detachable  warrant to purchase  one share of Common  Stock.


                                       26


     There were 691 record  holders  of the common  stock as of April 30,  1996,
representing an estimated 4,500 beneficial stockholders.

     The  Company  intends to attempt  to have the Units,  Common  Stock and the
Warrants  listed on the Boston Stock  Exchange.  No assurance  can be given that
such  listing(s)  will be obtained  or, even if  obtained,  if they will enhance
stockholder values.

     DIVIDEND POLICY

     The  Company has never paid any cash  dividends  on its Common  Stock.  The
Company  intends to use any earnings which it may generate to finance the growth
of its business for the foreseeable  future.  Any determination to pay dividends
in the future will be at the discretion of the Company's  Board of Directors and
will be dependent upon the Company's results of operations, financial condition,
contractual  restrictions  and other factors deemed relevant at that time by the
Company's  Board  of  Directors.   Furthermore,   under  the  Delaware   General
Corporation  Law,  dividends may be paid only out of legally  available funds as
proscribed by statute.  Moreover,  pursuant to a Commercial  Revolving  Loan and
Security  Agreement  entered into with Affiliated  Business  Credit  Corporation
("ABCC"),  the Company is prohibited  from  declaring or paying any dividends or
making any other distribution on any of the shares of its capital stock, without
the prior consent of the lender.


                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  following  table  presents  certain  selected  financial  data for the
Company for each of the years in the  five-year  period ended  December 31, 1995
and for the  three-month  periods  ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.  The  selected
financial  data  presented  below  at and for  each of the  fiscal  years  ended
December  31,  1994 and 1995  have  been  derived  from,  and are  qualified  by
reference  to,  financial   statements  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche,  LLP.,
independent  auditors.  The selected  financial data presented  below at and for
each of the three years ended  December  31, 1993 have been derived from audited
financial  statements.  The selected financial data as of March 31, 1996 and for
the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, have been derived from unaudited
financial statements;  however, in the opinion of management,  such data include
all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
fair  presentation  of such data.  The results of operations for the three month
period ended March 31, 1996 are not  necessarily  indicative of the results that
may be  expected  for the  full  year.  The  following  data  should  be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Company's Financial  Statements and the Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                       27



STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                  Three Months Ended   
                                                                                                  ------------------
                                                                                                  March 31,   March 31,
                                     1991         1992         1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales and
  services revenue ..........   $   5,263    $   6,227    $   6,291    $  11,787    $  15,317    $   3,713    $   4,122

Cost of goods and
  services sold .............       3,558        4,373        4,870        8,230       10,645        2,543        2,916

Selling, general and
  administrative expenses ...       1,878        1,580        2,445        3,183        4,835        1,142        1,085

Research and
  development expenses ......           0            0           91          217           99            6           34

Interest expense ............         146           98           61           40           99           14           30

Equity in unconsolidated
   Subsidiary ...............        --           --           --           --            197         --             12

Other income ................         (31)         (12)         (19)         (58)         (14)          (4)        (292)

Total costs and expenses ....       5,551        6,039        7,448       11,612       15,861        3,701        3,785

Income (loss) before
  provisions for income taxes        (288)         188       (1,157)         175         (544)          12          337

Provision for
  income taxes ..............          11            8            9            3            9            6            5

Net income (loss) ...........        (299)         180       (1,166)         172         (553)           6          332

Net income (loss)
  per share .................        (.03)         .01         (.06)         .01         (.03)           *          .02

Weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding .       9,475       12,978       18,088       21,608       20,842       20,677       21,425

</TABLE>

- ---------------

*       Less than one-half cent.


BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                                      As of March 31, 1996
                                                      --------------------
                                                                    Pro Forma,
                                                 Actual           as Adjusted(1)
                                                 ------           --------------
Working capital .............................    $2,569
Total Assets ................................     6,813
Total Liabilities ...........................     3,475
Stockholders' equity ........................     3,338

- ---------------

(1)     Gives effect to the issuance of 1,000,000  Units and  application of the
        estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."



                                       28








                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
the financial statements and notes thereto contained elsewhere herein.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth the percentage of revenue represented by the
following items for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                         ------------             ---------

                                                        1995       1994        1996       1995
                                                        ----       ----        ----       ----

<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>   
Sales and service revenue                               100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of goods and services sold                          69.5       69.8       70.8       68.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses             31.6       27.0       26.3       30.7
Research and development expenses                          .6        1.8         .8         .2
Interest expense                                           .6         .3         .7         .4
Equity in unconsolidated subsidiary                       1.3         --         .3         --
Other income                                              (.1)       (.4)      (7.1)       (.1)
                                                          ---        ---       ----        --- 
Income (loss) before income taxes                        (3.5)       1.5        8.2         .3
Provision for income taxes                                 .1         --         .1         .1
                                                           --         --         --         --
Net income (loss)                                        (3.6)       1.5        8.1         .2
                                                         ====        ===        ===         ==

</TABLE>

     THREE MONTHS  ENDED MARCH 31,  1996,  AS COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1995.


     Sales and service  revenues  for the three months ended March 31, 1996 were
$4,122,000, representing an increase of $409,000 or 11% from the comparable 1995
period.  The increase was  attributable  to the  Company's  telephone  equipment
products  and  services,  which  were up by 25% over the  comparable  prior year
period, partially offset by a 34% decrease in sales of voice processing products
and services due to the  expiration  of the  Company's  equipment  manufacturing
contract with AT&T in February 1996. Revenues from telephone equipment sales and
services  accounted for 84% of consolidated  revenues for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 (74% in the  comparable  1995 period),  while revenues from voice
processing product sales and services accounted for 15% of consolidated revenues
in 1996 (26% in 1995).  The  Company's  newly  formed  subsidiary,  FAMS,  began
partial  operations in February 1996,  and its sales of used  telecommunications
and computer  equipment  accounted  for 1% of  consolidated  first  quarter 1996
revenues.  This new operation is expected to  contribute a higher  percentage of
consolidated  revenues as it becomes fully operational during the second quarter
of 1996.

     Gross  profit for the three months ended March 31, 1996 was 29% of revenues
as  compared  to 32% of  revenues  for the  comparable  prior year  period.  The
decrease  was  attributable  to product  sales  mix,  and to  increased  product
acquisition  costs on certain 


                                       29


telephone system parts. As a re-seller of used telephone  equipment,  the nature
of the Company's  business is such that product  acquisition  costs  continually
fluctuate based upon the source of supply, availability of such equipment in the
marketplace and on market demand,  as well as on the mix of products sold during
the reporting  period.  The Company is not aware of any market  conditions which
would cause gross profit margins to significantly fluctuate from current levels.

     Selling, general & administrative expenses for the three months ended March
31, 1996 were  $1,085,000  (26% of revenues) as compared to  $1,142,000  (31% of
revenues) for the comparable 1995 period.  The decrease was  attributable to (i)
international  market  development  costs of  approximately  $100,000 which were
incurred solely in the 1995 period pursuant to certain joint venture  agreements
which were terminated in November 1995 and (ii)  approximately  $98,000 of costs
associated  with  the 1995  operation  of an  in-house  service  bureau  and the
marketing of the new VTS-1000/2000 product line, both of which were discontinued
by the end of 1995.  These  decreases  were offset by the operating  expenses of
FAMS which began  operations in February 1996, and by higher  salaries and sales
commissions,  bad debt expenses and other  operating  costs  associated with the
Company's increased business volume.

     Other  income for the three  months  ended March 31,  1996 was  $292,000 as
compared to $4,000 for the comparable 1995 period.  Included in other income for
1996 was $280,000 of rebates from AT&T.  The rebates relate to coupons issued by
AT&T in 1995 in settlement of a lawsuit and are freely  transferrable and can be
used to pay for the cost of AT&T products and services  purchased  from May 1995
through May 1997. In 1996, the Company began purchasing coupons at a discount to
their  face  value  and  redeeming  them  with  AT&T  for the full  face  value.
Accordingly, the Company is recording as other income the difference between the
face value of the coupons and their acquisition cost.


YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1995,  AS COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31,1994.


     The Company recorded a net loss of $553,000 for the year ended December 31,
1995,  as  compared to net income of $172,000  for the year ended  December  31,
1994. The loss for 1995 was primarily  attributable to the Company's  efforts to
expand its business and products domestically and internationally. Domestically,
the Company incurred approximately $645,000 of net expenses during 1995, arising
from new sales and technical  personnel,  product marketing expenses,  equipment
and other overhead and operating costs, in connection with the new VTS 1000/2000
product  line,  and in the  operation  of an  in-house  service  bureau.  Due to
insufficient  revenues and a change in marketing  strategy,  these products were
discontinued by the end of 1995.

     The Company's  international  business development  activities,  which were
centered  principally  in the PRC,  negatively  impacted  operating  results  by
approximately   $774,000  for  the  year  ended   December  31,  1995,   and  by
approximately  $541,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994. These  activities,
as  also  described  in  Notes 8 and 11 of the 


                                       30


Notes to Financial  Statements  included herein,  principally focused on (i) the
acquisition of a 50% interest in Beijing Antai Communication  Equipment Company,
Ltd. ("ATC"), located in Beijing, PRC, which was completed in May 1995, and (ii)
developing  strategic  business  relationships in China for the marketing of its
voice processing  products through the contemplated  formation of a second joint
venture  company.  Included  in the  above  amount  for 1995  were  expenses  of
approximately  $450,000 from the Company's  funding of voice processing  product
development and marketing  operations in China pursuant to its obligations under
the   Interim    Agreement    and   JV    Agreement    (defined    below,    see
"Business-International  Voice  Processing  Markets"),   consisting  of  working
capital  provided,   project  management   consulting  fees,  travel  costs  and
demonstration products provided by the Company. These agreements were terminated
in November,  1995 due to a lack of funds with which to capitalize  the proposed
joint  venture.  Also  included  were net  expenses of  approximately  $244,000,
consisting  primarily of facility,  personnel and other operating costs incurred
in  connection  with the  domestic  acquisition,  testing and storage of product
slated for export to the PRC and other international markets.

     In conjunction  with the termination of the Interim and JV Agreements,  the
Company reduced the scope of other  international  projects and, until such time
as  additional  financing  can  be  obtained,   the  Company  expects  to  incur
significantly reduced international business development expenditures.

     The Company's 1995 net loss also includes $81,000 of legal fees and related
expenses incurred in connection with a proposed underwriting of securities which
was terminated during the third quarter of 1995.

     Sales and  service  revenues  for the year  ended  December  31,  1995 were
$15,317,000,  representing  an increase of $3,530,000 or 30% from the comparable
1994  period.  Telephone  equipment  sales and  service  revenues  increased  by
$3,372,000 or 38% over 1994, resulting from (i) increased end user and wholesale
sales levels,  attributable to wider acceptance of the Company's products, and a
larger and more experienced sales force, and (ii) $475,000 in equipment sales to
ATC. Voice processing  product sales and service revenues  increased by $158,000
or 5% from 1994.

     Gross profit for the year ended  December 31, 1995  increased by $1,115,000
to $4,672,000  (30.5% of revenues) from $3,557,000  (30.2% of revenues) in 1994.
The increase in gross profit dollars was  attributable  to the increase in sales
and service  revenues,  while the increased gross profit margin was attributable
to a  combination  of higher  selling  prices and lower product costs on certain
products sold during the current period, increased international sales at higher
than average profit margins,  and the favorable economies of allocating overhead
costs over a larger sales base.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses for the year ended December
31, 1995 increased by $1,652,000 to $4,835,000 (32% of revenues) from $3,183,000
(27% of revenues) for the year ended December 31, 1994. Approximately 27% of the
increase was  attributable  to  international  voice  processing  product market
development  activities pursuant to the JV and Interim Agreements (as more fully
described in Note 11 of the Notes to 


                                       31


Financial Statements), including working capital provided, monthly retainer fees
and travel expenses of outside consultants for international  project management
services,  and the cost of  demonstration  products  contributed by the Company.
Approximately 45% of the increase was related to personnel costs attributable to
(i) increased  personnel and related costs  associated  with the start up of the
service bureau and  VTS-1000/2000  product  offerings which were discontinued by
the end of 1995, and (ii) increased compensation  expenses,  including increased
sales commissions as a result of higher sales levels. Product marketing expenses
increased  by 6%  primarily  due  to  expanded  marketing  of  voice  processing
products, and the Company incurred higher depreciation expense, bad debt expense
and other  overhead  costs  associated  with the Company's  increased  sales and
operating levels. In connection with the termination of a proposed  underwriting
of additional securities (see Note 7), the Company also charged $81,000 of legal
fees and related expenses to SG&A in 1995. The Company  currently  projects that
SG&A will represent a lower percentage of revenues in fiscal 1996.

     Research and development  expenses  ("R&D") for the year ended December 31,
1995 were  $99,000,  down 54% from  $217,000  incurred in 1994.  During 1994 the
Company was engaged more extensively in R&D in connection with telephone systems
and central office products for China,  and in the development of the KASSIE and
VTS-2000  call   processing   products  for  both  domestic  and   international
applications.  During 1995 the  Company  allocated  a higher  percentage  of its
in-house technical resources to product support functions.

     Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $99,000,  up 148%
from  $40,000  incurred in 1994,  due to higher  average  debt levels and higher
weighted average interest rates on the Company's outstanding debt.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, AS COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993

     The following table sets forth the percentage of revenue represented by the
following items for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993:

 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994          1993
                                                                       ----          ----
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>   
      Sales and service revenues......................                100.0%        100.0%
      Cost of goods and services sold.................                 69.8          77.4
      Selling, general and administrative expenses....                 27.0          38.9
      Research and development expenses...............                  1.8           1.4
      Interest expense................................                   .3           1.0
      Other income....................................                  (.4)          (.3)
                                                                        ---           --- 
      Income (loss) before income taxes...............                  1.5         (18.4)
      Provision for income taxes......................                    -            .1
                                                                        ---           ---
      Net income (loss)...............................                  1.5%        (18.5)%
                                                                       =====         =====  
</TABLE>


     Sales and service  revenues  for the year ended  December  31,  1994,  were
$11,787,000,  representing  an increase of $5,496,000 or 87% from 1993 revenues.
Sales of voice  processing  products  accounted for  $2,728,000 of the increase,
attributable to the establishment of the Cobotyx Division.  Telephone  equipment
sales revenues also increased by 44% over 1993 sales revenues, as end-user sales
increased by  $2,139,000 or 43%, and  wholesale  sales  increased by $339,000 or
55%. The Company  attributes  these results to wider acceptance of the Company's
products,  a better trained sales force,  and expanded  


                                       32


wholesale  sales  efforts.  Service  revenues  increased  by  $290,000  or  58%,
primarily  attributable  to the  Company's  receipt  of  $204,000  from a  local
distribution   plant  study  it   conducted   for  the   Romanian   Ministry  of
Communications,  under a grant  from  the U.S.  Trade  and  Development  Agency.
Excluding revenues from this contract,  service revenues otherwise  increased by
$86,000 or 17%,  primarily  attributable  to increased  repair and  refurbishing
revenues.

     Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1994,  increased by $2,136,000
to $3,557,000  (30.2% of revenues) from  $1,421,000  (22.6% of revenues) for the
year ended  December 31, 1993.  The increase was primarily  attributable  to the
increase in voice processing  products sales (which generate higher gross profit
margins than telephone  equipment sales) following the CCI acquisition,  and the
allocation  of  overhead  costs  over a larger  revenue  base.  Excluding  voice
processing  equipment sales, gross profit margins were otherwise 27% in 1994, up
from 23% in 1993,  principally  due to the  allocation of overhead  costs over a
larger sales base.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses ("SG&A") for the year ended
December 31, 1994, were $3,183,000,  representing an increase of $738,000 or 30%
from 1993 SG&A.  The  increase  consisted of (i)  personnel,  office and product
marketing  costs in the  amount of  $894,000  incurred  in  connection  with the
Company's  entry into the voice  processing  products  marketplace  through  the
formation and staffing of the Cobotyx Division in January 1994 and (ii) $156,000
of incremental international market development costs, principally in personnel,
consulting,  and travel costs, partially offset by (iii) a $257,000 reduction in
investor  relations  expenses  and (iv) a  $55,000  net  reduction  in all other
expense  categories.  Investor  relations  expense  in 1993  included a $313,000
non-cash charge  resulting from the issuance of discounted  stock options to two
investor  relations  service  companies which were engaged to increase  investor
awareness  of the  Company's  products and  services.  Excluding  this  non-cash
expense,  investor relations expenses were otherwise $56,000 higher in 1994 than
in 1993. SG&A decreased as a percentage of revenues to 27% in 1994 from 38.9% in
1993,  due  principally  to the  Company's  1994  revenue  growth and  resulting
favorable operating economies of scale.

     Research and development  expenses  ("R&D") for the year ended December 31,
1994, were $217,000, representing an increase of $126,000 or 138% from 1993 R&D.
The increase was  attributable  to the salaries of newly hired  technicians  and
engineers and the costs of equipment to support the Cobotyx  Division's  product
development efforts.

     Interest  expense  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1994,  was  $40,000
representing a $21,000 or 34% decrease from 1993 interest  expense,  as a result
of lower average debt levels and lower weighted average interest rates.

     Net income for the year ended  December 31,  1994,  was, as a result of the
foregoing, $172,000 as compared to a net loss of $1,166,000 in 1993.

  

                                       33


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Working  capital at March 31, 1996 was  $2,569,000,  a 3% increase over the
$2,495,000 of working capital at December 31, 1995. The working capital ratio at
March 31, 1996 was 1.7 to 1 as compared to 1.9 to 1 at December 31, 1995.

     Operating  activities  used  $527,000 of cash during the three months ended
March 31,  1996,  principally  as a result of (i) a $537,000  increase  in other
assets,  of which amount  $381,000  represents  rebates  receivable from product
purchases  (see  Note  2 of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
(Unaudited),  included elsewhere herein), and (ii) a 21% increase in inventories
as the Company increased its stocking levels on certain telephone products.

     Investing  activities  used  $222,000 of cash during the three months ended
March 31, 1996,  principally in the purchase of warehouse  equipment,  vehicles,
computer and office equipment for use by FAMS in its business operations.

     Financing  activities  provided  $410,000 of cash  during the three  months
ended March 31, 1996  attributable to borrowings  under the Company's  revolving
credit line.

     The Company has thus far satisfied its 1996 cash  requirements  through the
use of existing cash and through borrowings under its revolving credit facility.
The average and highest  amounts  borrowed under this credit facility during the
three months ended March 31, 1996 was $1,043,000 and  $1,864,000,  respectively.
The  Company's  borrowings  are  dependent  upon the  continuing  generation  of
collateral, subject to its $2 million credit line.

     The Company  believes that it has sufficient  capital  resources to satisfy
the working  capital  requirements  of its present level of operations,  but may
require  additional  sources  of capital  in order to  significantly  expand its
operations.  Accordingly,  the  Company  intends  to use  the  proceeds  of this
Offering to finance and expand the Company's  business,  both  domestically  and
internationally,  which could include the acquisition of other  businesses.  See
"Use of Proceeds."

     Inflation has not been a significant factor in the Company's operations.



                                       34


                                    BUSINESS



GENERAL

     Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. (the "Company") is engaged in the Customer
Premise   Equipment   ("CPE")  segment  of  the   telecommunications   industry,
principally  as a secondary  market  reseller of used  and/or  refurbished  AT&T
business  telephone  parts and  systems,  and as a  designer,  manufacturer  and
supplier  of  proprietary  voice (or "call")  processing  systems  that  provide
automated call handling,  voice and fax messaging,  interactive  voice response,
automated call distribution and message notification functionality.  The Company
also provides equipment repair and refurbishing, inventory management, and other
related  value-added  services.  The Company  sells its products and services to
corporate  end  users,  and to other  dealers  and  distributors.  CPE refers to
equipment which resides at the customer's premises.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in 1986 and  became a public
company in May 1987 following the completion of its initial public offering.  In
January  1994,  the  Company  acquired  certain   operating  assets  of  Cobotyx
Corporation,  Inc.  ("CCI"),  a  designer,  manufacturer  and  supplier of voice
processing  systems,  and expanded its entry into this  marketplace  through the
formation of a voice processing products division ("Cobotyx Division").

     CUSTOMERS AND TARGET MARKETS

     Telephone parts,  systems and services were marketed  domestically  through
the Company's  in-house sales staff to over 1,400 customers  during 1995 ranging
from  small  companies  to large,  multi-location  corporations,  and  including
equipment  wholesalers,   dealers,  distributors  and  government  agencies  and
municipalities.  The Company  believes its  customers are generally (i) existing
AT&T equipment  users that require piece parts to upgrade,  expand,  or maintain
their existing telephone system, (ii)  cost-conscious  businesses that desire to
save money by purchasing used or refurbished equipment instead of new equipment,
but still retain AT&T  installation and maintenance  support for these products,
and (iii)  businesses  that may have no current need for AT&T's  latest and most
technically advanced product offerings. Businesses also look to the Company, and
to other secondary market resellers,  to meet their immediate equipment delivery
requirements.   The  Company  is  also   pursuing   the  sale  of  its  products
internationally, such as in the People's Republic of China ("PRC"), the Republic
of  the   Philippines,   and  in  other  countries  which  have   underdeveloped
telecommunications systems and may have limited financial resources.

     The Company  distributes its voice  processing  products  domestically  and
internationally   to  approximately  an  additional  500  customers,   primarily
independent dealers and distributors,  end-users,  and through arrangements with
several manufacturers of telephone systems and business equipment.
     

                                       35

 
     During the two years ended December 31, 1995, no single customer  accounted
for more than 5% of revenues, except for AT&T, which accounted for 5.4% (6.6% in
1994). The Company's business is not considered seasonal,  although historically
revenues  during the third quarter ended September 30 have often (but not during
1995)  been  lower  than the  other  quarters  of the year,  which  the  Company
attributes  to a slowdown  of  customer  purchasing  activity  during the summer
months of July and August.

STRATEGY

     The  Company's  objective  is to  significantly  expand  its  revenues  and
profitability through a strategy based on:

     Domestic  Expansion  - The  Company is seeking to expand its  revenues  and
     customer base in the domestic secondary telephone equipment  marketplace by
     increasing its sales force, establishing business in other geographic areas
     of the U.S. and by  continuing  to provide  quality  refurbished  products,
     superior customer service and support (see "Customer  Services"), and other
     value-added  services  as required  by its  customers.  The Company is also
     attempting to become a more strategic  partner to AT&T, by  specializing in
     the resale of AT&T products and through the  establishment  of distribution
     rights to new AT&T  equipment as allowed by AT&T. The Company may also seek
     to acquire  similar  businesses in other  geographic  areas of the U.S., as
     opportunities arise, in order to increase its share of this market.

     New Voice Processing  Products and Services - The Company plans to continue
     its expansion  into this  marketplace  by utilizing or  developing  current
     technologies to produce state-of-the-art  products that provide basic voice
     and call  processing  functionality  while also providing  flexibility  and
     expandability.  The  Company  plans to adapt  its  technology  to  emerging
     industry  standards,   and  plans  to  provide  custom  computer  telephone
     integration solutions for its customers.

     International Expansion - The Company's strategy includes developing and/or
     providing  products and technologies to assist  developing  countries which
     have inadequate  telecommunications  infrastructures by providing low-cost,
     reliable  telecommunications  equipment and services.  The Company plans to
     seek and develop  relationships  with  internationally-based  partners  and
     enter  into  marketing  and/or  distribution  agreements  with  established
     overseas  businesses  in the  countries  that the Company  has  targeted to
     penetrate,  including the PRC, the Republic of the  Philippines,  and other
     countries.

     Effective  February  29,  1996,  the Company  purchased  from AT&T  Systems
Leasing Corporation, a subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation, certain assets of
its discontinued Asset Recovery Center ("ARC").  Prior to its closing in January
1996,  the ARC  primarily  operated to service  AT&T  affiliates  in the orderly
disposition,  by way of consignment sales arrangements,  of excess,  overstocked
and end-of-life  telecommunications,  computer and data transmission  equipment.
The assets  acquired  consisted  primarily  of  warehouse  equipment,  vehicles,
computer and office equipment,  and inventory. The Company concurrently formed a
subsidiary corporation, Farmstead Asset Management Services, LLC ("FAMS"), which
is


                                       36


using the purchased  assets  to start up  a similar operation in Piscataway, New
Jersey.  The  Company  intends  to  attempt  to  re-establish   certain  of  the
relationships that the ARC enjoyed,  however, no assurances can be given that it
will be able to do so. The Company  believes  that the  operations  of FAMS will
provide it with an opportunity to develop new sources of equipment for resale to
its existing customers,  as well as to other wholesalers in the telephone,  data
and computer secondary markets, and internationally.  While operational for less
than one full month,  for the first quarter of 1996, FAMS  contributed 1% of the
Company's revenue during its initial start up phase.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     According to reports  published in 1993 and 1994 (the latest  available) by
The Telecom Library,  Inc., a communications  industry publishing  company,  the
telephone  equipment  secondary  market is one of the fastest growing sectors of
the  telecommunications  industry,  with  gross  sales  estimated  to reach $704
million in 1994,  representing  an increase of 22% from $577 million in 1993. Of
the total  1994  gross  sales,  66%  represented  sales of parts (as  opposed to
complete  systems).  In addition,  sales to end-users  represented  65% of total
sales.  AT&T  equipment   comprised  the  largest  brand  name  segment  of  the
marketplace,  with 25% of 1994 sales (23% in 1993). The 1994 report forecasts an
annual  growth  rate of 20% for 1995 and for 1996,  and  through  the end of the
decade,  annual growth rates are estimated to be in the thirty  percentile range
and higher,  driven by  increases  in the  replacement  rate of equipment in the
installed base, due to technical innovations in the equipment.

     According to Vanguard  Communications Corp., an independent consulting firm
specializing  in the voice  processing  industry,  the domestic market for voice
processing  systems recorded  aggregate  end-user revenues of approximately $2.1
billion in 1994, with approximately  74,000 systems estimated to have been sold.
The  marketplace is further  divided into two main  categories:  voice messaging
equipment, in which the Company's products primarily compete (with 1994 end user
revenues of $1.3 billion,  63,000 systems shipped), and voice response equipment
(with  end  user  revenues  of $853  million,  11,000  systems  shipped).  Major
manufacturers  of voice  processing  systems  include switch  suppliers (such as
AT&T,  Northern  Telecom,  Inc.  and Rolm  Co.),  independent  manufacturers  of
proprietary  systems  (such as Centigram  Communications  Corporation  and Octel
Communications Corporation),  and independent manufacturers of personal computer
("PC") based, open architecture  systems (such as Active Voice, Inc. and Applied
Voice  Technologies,  Inc.). The open system,  standard  architecture  suppliers
often buy board level technology from a few core voice technology suppliers, and
then use  standard  operating  systems and  programming  languages,  and PCs, to
create proprietary voice processing solutions.


                                       37



THE COMPANY'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT PRODUCTS

     PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

     The  Company  sells used  and/or  refurbished  telephone  parts and systems
manufactured by AT&T. Parts sold primarily  include digital and analog telephone
sets, circuit packs, and other system accessories,  such as headsets,  consoles,
speakerphones and paging systems. Telephone systems are generally categorized as
key systems and PBX systems. Key systems are generally used by small businesses,
and are  characterized by telephones which have multiple buttons  permitting the
user to select outgoing or incoming  telephone lines directly.  PBXs are private
telephone  switching systems usually located on a customer's  premises,  with an
attendant console,  and are designed for use by larger businesses.  Because most
of the features of a PBX are stored in the switch,  and not on the telephone,  a
PBX can provide more features and flexibility than a key system.

     AT&T key systems  sold by the  Company,  in both piece  parts and  complete
systems, and their capacities include:  Merlin(R) and Merlin Legend(R) (2 lines,
6 telephones to 80 lines, 144  telephones);  Spirit(R) (3 lines, 8 telephones to
24 lines,  48 telephones) and Partner(R) (6 lines, 12 telephones to 24 lines, 48
telephones).

     AT&T PBX equipment sold by the Company, primarily in piece parts, and their
capacities  include:  System 25 (any combination of lines and telephones up to a
maximum of 256), System 75 (200 lines, 800 telephones); System 85 (16,000 lines,
50,000 telephones); Definity(R) G1 (400 lines, 1,600 telephones); Definity(R) G2
(32,000  lines,  100,000  telephones);   Definity(R)  G3  (4,000  lines,  10,000
telephones);   and  Dimension(R)  (2,968  lines,  7,232  telephones),  an  older
technology,  manufacturer-discontinued product which the Company offers for sale
in the PRC and other foreign countries.

     Telephone  equipment sales and service revenues  accounted for 79% of total
Company  revenues in 1995 (75% in 1994).  Sales of PBX equipment and  associated
telephones  and  accessories  comprised  approximately  88%  (83%  in  1994)  of
equipment   sales,   while  key  equipment  parts  and  system  sales  comprised
approximately 12% (17% in 1994) of equipment sales.

RELATIONSHIP WITH AT&T

     Since 1985, AT&T has provided support to the secondary market by continuing
to offer  installation,  maintenance,  repair,  reconditioning and certification
services for its products  purchased by end-users through  equipment  resellers.
Equipment  resellers  such as the Company may also,  with various  restrictions,
utilize  AT&T  documentation,  technical  information  and  software.  AT&T also
generally  provides a one year  warranty  for products  purchased  from AT&T for
resale, provided that AT&T performs the installation.



                                       38


     The installation and maintenance of AT&T equipment is generally provided by
AT&T. The Company does, however, coordinate the installation scheduling directly
with AT&T if requested to do so by its customer. The Company also has agreements
with a number of installation and maintenance companies covering the New England
and New York geographic areas who can also provide such services.

     Since  1991,  the  Company  has been an  "AT&T  Authorized  Distributor  of
Selected AT&T -  Remanufactured  Products" ("AT&T  Agreement"),  under a program
with AT&T which currently  includes only eight other secondary  market companies
in  different  geographic  areas of the  country.  The AT&T  Agreement  does not
provide the Company with an exclusive sales  territory.  Under the program,  the
Company  is  authorized  to  sell  domestically  specified  AT&T  remanufactured
products,  currently  including  certain  Merlin(R),  Spirit(R) and System 25(R)
products. The Company is also required to purchase all of such included products
directly from AT&T. On March 5, 1996, the AT&T Agreement was renewed for another
one year term, although it can contractually be canceled by either party without
cause upon 90 days notice.

     In  September,  1995,  AT&T  announced  that it was to be split  into three
publicly-traded companies: a telecommunications equipment and technology company
called Lucent Technologies, Inc. ("Lucent"), a business computing company called
NCR, and a communications  services company which will retain the name AT&T (for
purposes of this report,  all entities are collectively  referred to as "AT&T").
On February 1, 1996,  the AT&T  Agreement  was  assigned to Lucent.  The Company
believes that its  relationship  with AT&T is satisfactory and has no indication
that AT&T has any intention of canceling the AT&T  Agreement with the Company or
of  severing  its  relationship  with the  Company  when the  current  agreement
expires.  In the event that the AT&T Agreement is  terminated,  the Company does
not  believe  that it would have a material  effect on the  Company's  business,
since it could acquire like  products  from other sources at comparable  prices.
The  Company's  business  is not  expected  to be  adversely  impacted by AT&T's
reorganization.  It may, however,  be materially  adversely affected should AT&T
decide no longer to provide installation and maintenance services on used and/or
refurbished products sold by the Company.

     In May 1996, the Company  announced that it had entered into a new one year
renewable  distributor agreement with Lucent (the "Lucent Agreement") giving the
Company the right to sell new Merlin  Legend(R)  and  Partner(R)  Communications
Systems  in the State of  Connecticut.  The  Company  believes  that the  Lucent
Agreement and other  preliminary  oral agreements with Lucent (which the Company
expects to also be reduced to written  agreements)  has expanded  the  Company's
product offerings and could potentially  increase the Company's  revenues by 50%
per year over the next three years.

MARKETING AND CUSTOMERS

     Telephone parts,  systems and services were marketed  domestically  through
the  Company's  in-house  sales staff to more than 1,400  customers  during 1995
ranging  from  small  companies  to  large,  multi-location  corporations,   and
including equipment wholesalers,  dealers,  distributors and government agencies
and municipalities. Approximately 58%


                                       39


(56% in 1994) of the  Company's  1995  telephone  equipment  sales  and  service
revenues  were to  customers  located in New  England,  New York and New Jersey.
End-user  sales  accounted  for  approximately  85% (88% in  1994) of  telephone
equipment sales in 1995,  while sales to resellers  accounted for  approximately
15% (12% in  1994).  The  Company  markets  Dimension(R)  PBX  equipment  in the
People's Republic of China ("PRC") to businesses,  government agencies and local
telephone  service  providers  through its 50% owned  affiliate,  Beijing  Antai
Communication Equipment Company, Ltd. ("ATC") located in Beijing, PRC.

INTERNATIONAL MARKETS FOR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT

     The Company has been pursuing expansion of its business internationally, to
date  principally  in the  Asia-Pacific  region.  The Company has focused on the
development of  proprietary  Chinese system  software,  proprietary  digital and
analog  interfaces,  and a proprietary  billing system, the combination of which
would allow the Company's  refurbished  PBX equipment to be  reconfigured in the
PRC to act as a central office (a telephone company facility where  subscriber's
lines are joined to switching equipment for connecting other subscribers to each
other, locally and long distance). This product, which has been designed for use
in the rural areas of the PRC,  can also be used in other  developing  countries
that  require  modern  equipment  but cannot  afford  the price of new,  digital
central  office  equipment  being  offered  by  the  major  telephone  equipment
manufacturers.  In addition to the PRC,  the Company  plans,  in the future,  to
market this  equipment  in the  Republic  of the  Philippines,  Eastern  Europe,
Mexico,  Central  and South  America  and other  countries  in the  Asia-Pacific
region.  Its  ability  to do so may  be  dependent,  among  other  things,  upon
obtaining  adequate financing for these projects,  and satisfying  technical and
governmental certification and licensing requirements in such countries.

     On December  31,  1994,  the Company  entered into an agreement to purchase
D.W. International,  Ltd.'s ("DWI") 50% ownership interest in ATC for a purchase
price of $100.  The purchase  transaction  was completed  effective May 30, 1995
upon receipt of Chinese government approvals.  ATC was formed in October 1992 as
a Joint Venture  Enterprise,  and is also owned 50% by Beijing  Aquatic  Product
Inc., a registered  company in the PRC. DWI is a Delaware  Corporation owned 50%
by Mr. Da Wei Wu, who  serves as  General  Manager  of ATC.  ATC,  previously  a
distributor  for the  Company  in the  PRC,  markets,  assembles,  manufactures,
installs and services the Company's central office, PBX and signaling  interface
products which have been developed for use in the PRC. ATC also  distributes and
installs  local  telecommunications  transmission  systems and home and business
alarm  systems,  however  their  historical  operations  prior to the  Company's
acquisition have been  insignificant.  Under Chinese laws governing equity joint
ventures,  the  Company  also made a  $390,000  capital  contribution  to ATC to
complete the $500,000 original capital  contribution  requirement of the foreign
party to the joint venture.


                                       40


THE COMPANY'S VOICE PROCESSING PRODUCTS

     PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

     Voice  (or  "call")  processing   encompasses  various  types  of  computer
assistance to facilitate  interaction over the telephone,  between a caller, one
or more persons,  and a computer.  With call  processing  technology,  telephone
users can utilize  voice and  touchtones  to  manipulate  calls,  interact  with
computer  databases,  and access and  respond to  messages or data from voice or
other electronic media, thereby making internal and external communications more
efficient.  The three most common call processing features are: (1) Voice Mail -
allows a caller to store voice  messages and replies in a computer,  and thereby
conduct a dialogue with any person  without having to be on the same line at the
same time;  (2) Automated  Attendant - allows a caller to direct the computer to
switch the call to a telephone extension different from the one dialed,  without
the manual  intervention of an operator;  and (3)  Interactive  Voice Response -
allows a caller to obtain  information  in voice  form (for  example,  selecting
announcements from a list of options) from a local or non-local database.

     During  1993,  the Company  decided to expand its product  offerings to its
existing telephone equipment customers, and entered into distribution agreements
with manufacturers of voice processing  products.  These agreements provided the
Company  with a basic  voice  processing  product  line  enabling it to meet the
system  requirements  of  customers  in  the  2  to  8  port  (i.e.  capable  of
simultaneously  handling from 2 to 8 telephone calls) segment of the CPE market.
This sized  system was typical of the "branch  office"  locations of many of the
large corporations  already served by the Company.  In January 1994, the Company
acquired  certain  assets of CCI,  and  established  the Cobotyx  Division to be
responsible for ongoing voice processing  equipment  business and strategy.  The
assets acquired from CCI included technology and know-how, inventories, property
and equipment, all trademarks, tradenames, and patents. Certain key engineering,
technical and support personnel of CCI were subsequently hired by the Company to
staff this  operation.  Through  its  Cobotyx  Division,  the  Company  designs,
integrates, manufactures,  distributes and supports a family of proprietary call
processing  systems.  In  addition  to  proprietary  hardware  design,  software
programs and  applications  procedures,  the Company uses  component  technology
licensed from other suppliers. Products currently marketed include:

     COBOTTM  Plus  Receptionist  - a single port,  solid state,  fully-featured
automated attendant with Rotary Dial Detection, for PBXs, Key systems or Centrex
(a business  telephone service offered by a local telephone  company,  providing
custom  calling  features such as call  forwarding,  call  transfer,  least cost
routing and speed calling) applications.

     COBOTTM Plus Digital Announcer - a single port, solid state, fully-featured
announcer for PBXs, Key systems or Centrex applications.

     COBOTTM Plus Secretary - an automated attendant and voice mail system, with
a 2 - 8 port, 500 mailbox capacity.
   

                                       41


     KASSIE - a PC-based automated  attendant and voice mail system,  with a 2 -
24 port,  10,000  mailbox  capacity,  that can be optioned  to support  advanced
applications like fax and interactive voice response.

     SOHO  ("small   office,   home  office")   SECRETARY  -  a  low  cost,  but
fully-featured  automated  attendant  and voice mail  system,  with a 2 - 4 port
capacity, designed for the small office, branch office market.

     VOICE PROCESSING MARKETING AND CUSTOMERS

     The Company  distributes its voice  processing  products  domestically  and
internationally  to  approximately  500  customers,  consisting  primarily  of a
nationwide  network of  independent  dealers and  distributors,  end-users,  and
through  arrangements  with  several  manufacturers  of  telephone  systems  and
business equipment.  A typical dealer is a small business operator who primarily
sells telephone  systems to small and medium size businesses.  Most dealers also
sell  competing  call  processing  systems.  The  Company  attempts  to maintain
relationships  with a large number of dealers and,  because of the potential for
dealer turnover, considers it advantageous not to become overly dependent upon a
few dealers.  Approximately  66% of the  Company's  voice  processing  sales and
service revenues in 1995 were from dealers and  distributors  (51% in 1994), and
26% (28% in 1994) were from sales to AT&T pursuant to an OEM (Original Equipment
Manufacturer)  contract.  Approximately 30% (25% in 1994) of the Company's voice
processing sales and service revenues in 1995 were international, principally to
customers  in Mexico,  Central and South  America.  Voice  processing  sales and
service revenues accounted for 21% of total revenues in 1995 (25% in 1994).

     Although the above OEM  contract was not formally  extended by its February
28, 1996  expiration  date,  under its terms the Company is  obligated to supply
product for an additional  year, and parts for an additional five years,  should
AT&T request it. The Company  cannot  estimate the amount of future orders which
may be generated from the post-expiration  contract provisions,  however,  based
upon  projected  growth in  revenues  from its other  business  activities,  the
Company  believes that the  non-renewal of the AT&T OEM contract will not have a
material adverse impact on the Company.

INTERNATIONAL VOICE PROCESSING MARKETS

     International voice processing product sales to date have primarily been in
Mexico, Central and South America.

     On July 27, 1995 the Company  entered into a Joint Venture  Agreement  ("JV
Agreement") with Asia-Pacific  Services,  Inc. of Atlanta,  Georgia ("APSI") and
Beijing Taikang Telecommunications, Inc., owned and operated by the Planning and
Research  Institute  of  the  Ministry  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications,  PRC
("Taikang").  The  purpose  of the joint  venture  ("JV")  was the  manufacture,
assembly  and  marketing  in the PRC and other  international  markets  of voice
processing equipment and software,  including all of the Company's current voice
processing products. On July 27, 1995 the Company also entered 

                                       42

into  an  agreement  ("Interim  Agreement")  with  these  same  parties  for the
provision of product  marketing and other  business  organization  activities in
advance of the  startup of the JV. For the year ended  December  31,  1995,  the
Company  incurred   expenses  pursuant  to  these  agreements  of  approximately
$450,000,  consisting of working capital provided, project management consulting
fees, travel costs and demonstration products provided by the Company.

     As a result  of the  Company's  inability  to fund the $1  million  initial
capital  contribution  requested by Taikang in order to start the joint venture,
on November 1, 1995 the Company  and  Taikang  agreed to  terminate  both the JV
Agreement and the Interim Agreement.

CUSTOMER SERVICES

     The  Company  is  committed  to  respond  to  its  customers'   service  or
project-oriented  telecommunications  needs.  While  each type of service is not
material to the Company's  operations as a whole, the Company believes they help
differentiate the Company from its competitors, as well as contribute to longer-
lasting customer  relationships and incremental  sales. The Company provides the
following services:

     Repair  and  Refurbishing:   The  Company  performs  fee-based  repair  and
     refurbishing services for its customers through its in-house facilities and
     use of subcontract repair shops. For telephone equipment, the in-house work
     is  generally  limited  to  the  cleaning,  buffing  and  minor  repair  of
     single-line  telephone  sets. The Company  outsources the repair of circuit
     boards and digital  telephone  sets locally.  The Cobotyx  Division has the
     technical equipment and personnel to repair voice processing equipment down
     to the circuit board level.

     Inventory Management:  The Company provides inventory storage,  accounting,
     and distribution services, acting as a centralized depot for its customers'
     idle telecommunications equipment.

     Other  Services:   The  Company's   technical   staff   currently   provide
     engineering,  configuration,  technical  "hot line"  telephone  support and
     limited on-site installation services. The Company rents out equipment on a
     month-to-month  basis,  servicing  those  customers  that  have  temporary,
     short-term  equipment needs. For two companies in the television  broadcast
     industry the Company provides telecommunications  coordination services for
     broadcast  sports and other events  throughout  the country.  The Company's
     Cobotyx  Division  also  provides  custom  computer   telephone   interface
     solutions  for its  customers.  During 1994 the  Company  performed a local
     plant  distribution  study in Romania  under a contract  with the  Romanian
     Ministry of Communications  and the U.S. Trade and Development  Agency. The
     objective of the study was to identify  available  technologies  to support
     the rapid  growth of  telephone  service in  Romania,  and to perform  cost
     analysis for these technologies.

     The Company's  combined  service  revenues  accounted for 4% of revenues in
1995 and 6.7% of revenues in 1994.


                                       43

 COMPETITION

     The marketplace for the Company's  telephone  equipment  products is highly
competitive.  The Company  competes  with AT&T and other  secondary  market AT&T
equipment resellers,  of which the Company estimates there are approximately 100
nationwide, principally on the basis of timeliness of delivery, customer service
and price.  The  growth in the  number of these  dealers  has  resulted  in more
competitive  sales  pricing,  and in higher  equipment  acquisition  costs.  The
Company  also  competes  with  AT&T and other new  equipment  manufacturers  and
distributors as consumers decide whether to buy new versus used equipment.

     The portion of the industry that supplies call processing  systems to small
and medium sized businesses is extremely competitive. In the domestic dealer and
original equipment  manufacturer  channels, the Company competes on the basis of
price,  system  features,  ease of  installation  and use,  sales and  technical
support,  and product  reliability.  Principal  competitors at present fall into
three categories:  (a) telephone  equipment  manufacturers  that offer their own
call processing systems (for example, AT&T, Northern Telecom, Inc., Rolm Co. and
Toshiba America  Information  Systems,  Inc.);  (b) independent  call processing
system  manufacturers  whose products  integrate with multiple telephone systems
and  are  either  based  on   proprietary   hardware   (for  example   Centigram
Communications  Corporation,  Comverse Technology, Inc. and Octel Communications
Corporation),  or are PC-based like the Company's products (for example,  Active
Voice, Inc., Applied Voice Technologies,  Inc. and Compass Technology, Inc., now
a  division  of  Octel  Communications  Corporation)  and  (c)  large  telephone
companies.  For both  telephone  and  voice  processing  products,  the  Company
anticipates  intensified  competition from larger companies having substantially
greater technical, financial and marketing resources, as well as larger customer
bases and name recognition than the Company.  As the industry evolves to further
integrate  telephones with PCs, the Company anticipates that it will encounter a
broader variety of competitors, including new entrants from related computer and
communication  industries.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be
able to develop  more  technologically  advanced  products or that even if it is
able to develop,  or acquire rights to incorporate  into its products,  the next
generation  of   technology,   that  such  products  will  perform  as  well  as
competitor's  products or that such  products  will be accepted by the market or
that the Company will see any financial benefit therefrom.

SUPPLIERS

     The Company obtains its telephone equipment parts for resale from a variety
of sources, depending upon price and availability at the time of purchase. These
sources include AT&T, other secondary market equipment dealers and distributors,
leasing  companies and end-users.  In accordance with the AT&T Agreement and the
Lucent Agreement, the Company is required to purchase certain products only from
AT&T or Lucent. On March 5, 1996, the AT&T Agreement was renewed for another one
year term,  although it can  contractually  be canceled by either party  without
cause upon 90 days notice.  The Company believes that if the AT&T Agreement were
to be  canceled or not  renewed,  it could  obtain  similar  product  from other
suppliers.  The Company is not otherwise  dependent upon any single supplier for
telephone equipment.


                                       44


The Company  believes that product  availability in the marketplace is presently
sufficient to allow the Company to meet its customers' delivery requirements.

     The Company's solid state call processing products, namely the COBOTTM Plus
Digital  Announcer  and the  COBOTTM  Plus  Receptionist  are  manufactured  and
assembled  for the  Company  by  DOVatron  Manufacturing  East,  a  division  of
DOVatron,  Inc.  ("DOVatron").   DOVatron,   which  is  a  contract  electronics
manufacturer,  procures  all of the  materials,  consisting  of printed  circuit
boards,  electronic  components  and cabinets.  Once  assembled and tested,  the
completed  units are either  shipped to the Company or directly to its customer.
While the  Company  plans to continue  using  DOVatron  in the  manufacture  and
assembly of these  products,  management  believes that it could readily  engage
other  assembly  houses  if it were  necessary  to do so.  For its  other  voice
processing products, the Company purchases electronic components, IBM-compatible
486 PCs and voice  and fax  boards  from  multiple  vendors.  The  products  are
assembled, configured to customer specifications, tested and/or installed by the
Company or alternatively,  the Company can purchase certain products complete to
the Company's  specifications.  Because the Company's  product platforms consist
principally  of  standard  electronic  and PC  components,  the  Company  is not
dependent upon any single supplier.

     The Company  utilizes in certain of its products  software  obtained  under
license  agreements with vendors.  The Company  believes that the  functionality
provided  by the  licensed  software  can be  obtained  from  multiple  software
suppliers, and is therefore not dependent upon any single supplier.

PATENTS, LICENSES AND TRADEMARKS

     No patent or  trademark is  considered  material to the  Company's  overall
operations.  The  manufacture  and sale of  certain  of the  Company's  products
involves the use of processes, products or information, the rights to certain of
which are owned by others.  Although  the Company  has  obtained  licenses  with
regard to the use of certain of such processes, products and information,  there
can be no assurance  that such  licenses will not be terminated or expire during
critical  periods,  that the Company  will be able to obtain  licenses for other
rights which may be important to it, or, if obtained, that such licenses will be
obtained on  commercially  reasonable  terms. If the Company is unable to obtain
such licenses,  the Company may have to develop alternatives to avoid infringing
patents of others,  potentially  causing  increased  costs and delays in product
development  and  introduction,  or  precluding  the  Company  from  developing,
manufacturing or selling its proposed  products.  Additionally,  there can be no
assurance   that  the  patents   underlying  any  licenses  will  be  valid  and
enforceable.  To the  extent  any  products  sold by the  Company  are  based on
licensed technology,  royalty payments on the licenses will reduce the Company's
gross profit from such product  sales and may render the sales of such  products
uneconomical.

     The Company also relies upon unpatented trade secrets, and no assurance can
be given that others will not  independently  develop  substantially  equivalent
proprietary  information  and  techniques,  or  otherwise  gain  access  to  the
Company's  trade  secrets or disclose such  


                                       45


technology,  or that the  Company  can  meaningfully  protect  its rights to its
unpatented trade secrets.

     The  Company's  ability to sell,  through ATC,  its central  office and PBX
products  in  certain  provinces  of the PRC will be  dependent  upon  obtaining
product  certification from the provincial  telephone service agencies,  and may
also be  dependent  upon the grant of a network  license by the Ministry of Post
and   Telecommunications.   The  Company  is  presently   attempting  to  obtain
certification  to sell its products in a certain  province in the PRC,  which it
hopes to obtain within the next few months.  At that time it also plans to apply
for a national network license. No assurances can be given that the Company will
achieve  certification of its products,  or a network license,  and a failure to
receive either may adversely  impact the Company's  ability to sell its products
in the PRC, either directly or through ATC. Similar  certification and licensing
procedures  may also apply in other  foreign  countries  in which the Company is
seeking to market its products.

     The Company was  granted  permission  to utilize  certain  AT&T  designated
trademarks,  insignia and symbols in the Company's  advertising and promotion of
products furnished under the AT&T Agreement.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     The  Company's   telephone   equipment  research  and  development  ("R&D")
activities have been principally  focused on the PRC, for which  marketplace the
Company has been  developing  central  office and PBX systems  with  proprietary
software  and  interface  capabilities  to match the local  digital  and  analog
networks,  and a Chinese  character and currency billing system for use by local
PRC telephone  companies and  businesses.  The Company  believes that certain of
these technologies will also have uses in other  international  markets.  R&D in
connection with the development of proprietary software is principally conducted
by an outside engineering firm on an as needed basis. R&D in connection with the
development of interfaces  and the billing  system have been  conducted  through
ATC. R&D expense  related to the above  projects was $44,000 and $78,000  during
1995 and 1994, respectively.

     R&D expense in  connection  with the  development  of new voice  processing
products  and  technologies  was  $55,000  and  $139,000  during  1995 and 1994,
respectively,  consisting  principally of the salaries of in-house engineers and
technicians.

EMPLOYEES

     As of  March  31,  1996,  the  Company  had 80  full-time  and 3  part-time
employees,  including 24 in sales and  customer support  positions.  The Company
believes that its relations with its employees are  satisfactory.  The Company's
employees are not  represented by any organized  labor union and are not covered
by any collective bargaining agreements.


                                       46



DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The  Company  occupies  approximately  29,000  square  feet of  office  and
warehouse space in East Hartford,  Connecticut,  which it uses for its principal
executive and administrative offices and its telephone equipment operations, and
6,000 square feet of office space in Danbury, Connecticut, which it uses for its
voice processing  products division.  These facilities are currently rented on a
month-to-month basis for $12,100 and $5,000 per month, respectively. The Company
believes that its facilities are adequate for its present needs and suitable for
their intended uses. However, if the Company's operations continue to expand, it
will likely require to either obtain another facility  (through purchase or long
term lease) or expand and renovate its current  facility.  If new or  additional
space is required,  the Company believes that adequate  facilities are available
at competitive prices in the immediate areas of current operations.  See "Use of
Proceeds."

     On March 13, 1996, the Company's newly formed  subsidiary,  Farmstead Asset
Management Services, LLC, entered into a two year lease for approximately 70,100
square feet of warehouse and office space in Piscataway, New Jersey at a monthly
rent  of  $24,827  commencing  in  April  1996.  This  facility  is  used in the
remarketing  of  used  computer,  data  transmission  and  telephone  equipment,
primarily  of AT&T  manufacture, and it provides  asset  storage and  management
services.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is not a party to any pending material  proceedings and no such
proceedings are known to be contemplated by others.



                                       47



                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The  following  table sets forth the name and age of each director and each
executive  officer,  other than such  directors,  and the positions held by them
with the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              NAME                             AGE                         POSITIONS HELD
- ----------------------------                  ----     ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>      <C>
DIRECTORS
George J. Taylor, Jr. (2)                      53      Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer
                                                       and Director
Robert G. LaVigne                              45      Vice President-Finance & Administration, Chief Financial
                                                       Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and Director
Harold L. Hansen (1)(2)                        66      Director
Hugh M. Taylor (1)(2)                          52      Director
Joseph J. Kelley(1)(2)                         56      Director

OTHER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Alexander E. Capo                              45      Vice President-Marketing and Sales
Joseph A. Novak, Jr.                           53      Vice President-Operations
Neil R. Sullivan                               45      General Manager and Assistant Secretary
John G. Antonich                               55      General Manager, Cobotyx Division

</TABLE>

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.


     George J. Taylor, Jr. has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company  (including its  predecessors)  since 1984, and
President since 1989. He was a director of FIC Acquisition Corporation (formerly
Farmstead  International  Corporation)  from 1988 until  1992,  and was also the
President  of Lease  Solutions,  Inc.  (formerly  Farmstead  Leasing,  Inc.),  a
business  products  and  automobile  leasing  company,  from  1981  until it was
dissolved in 1993.  From 1977 to 1981, Mr. Taylor was Vice President - Marketing
and Sales for  National  Telephone  Company.  He was one of the  founders of the
National  Association  of  Telecommunication  Dealers,  has been a member of, or
advisor to, its Board of  Directors  since its  inception  in 1986,  and for two
years served as its President and Chairman. Mr. Taylor is also a Director of the
Company's 50 % owned affiliate,  Beijing Antai Communication  Equipment Company,
Ltd. ("ATC"). Mr. Taylor is the brother of Mr. Hugh M. Taylor.


                                       48


     Robert G.  LaVigne was employed by the Company in March 1988 and has served
in the  capacities  indicated  above since July 1988. In addition,  from January
1994 until October 1994 he served as General  Manager of the Company's  domestic
telephone  equipment  business unit.  From 1985 to 1988 he was the Controller of
Economy  Electric  Supply,  Inc.,  a  distributor  of  electrical  supplies  and
fixtures.  From 1982 to 1985 he was the Corporate  Controller  of Hi-G,  Inc., a
manufacturer of electronic and  electromechanical  components.  Mr. LaVigne is a
Certified  Public  Accountant,  and was associated  with the accounting  firm of
Arthur  Young and Company from 1977 to 1982.  Mr.  LaVigne is also a Director of
ATC.

     Harold L. Hansen,  a director of the Company  since 1992,  is currently the
President of Hansen  Associates,  a management  and  financial  consulting  firm
founded by him in 1983. From November 1994 to April 1995 he was the President of
H2O  Environmental,  Inc., an environmental  and geotechnical  services company.
During 1993 and 1994 he was the  President of Hansen  Associates.  Prior to 1983
Mr. Hansen served in various corporate executive  capacities including Executive
Vice  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of  Gestetner  Corporation,  Vice
President and General Manager of the Office Products  Division of Royal Business
Machines and Vice President and General  Manager of the Business  Products Group
of Saxon Industries.

     Hugh M. Taylor has been a director of the  Company  since July 1993.  Since
June 1994 he has served as a  Managing  Director  of  Newbury,  Piret & Co.,  an
investment banking firm located in Boston, MA. From 1993 to June 1994 he was the
CEO,  President and a director of the Berlin City Bank,  Berlin,  New Hampshire.
From  1992  to 1993  he was  the  Executive  Vice  President  of  Fleet  Bank of
Massachusetts.  From 1990 to 1992 he was the Executive  Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of Fleet Bank of Boston.  From 1973 to 1990 he was employed by
the New England  Merchants  Bank,  later the Bank of New England,  where he held
various executive  management  positions within the Commercial Banking Division,
and the bank's  venture  capital  subsidiary.  Mr.  Taylor is the brother of Mr.
George J. Taylor, Jr.

     Joseph J. Kelley has been a director of the  Company  since April 1995.  He
has been involved in the telecommunications industry since 1963. He is currently
President of East Haven  Associates of Wellesley,  in Wellesley,  Massachusetts,
which  provides  executive  and  technical  support for European and Asian based
communication  companies  seeking to expand market share in the U.S., as well as
for U.S. companies seeking to expand internationally.  During 1994, he was Group
Vice  President of NYNEX,  responsible  for  operations in the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.  From 1985 to 1994 he served in various executive level positions
with NYNEX, or associated companies including Vice President - Operations of New
England Telephone (1991 - 1993), Vice President - New England Telephone, Network
Department  (1990 - 1991),  Corporate  Director of Business  Development,  NYNEX
Marketing  (1988 - 1990) and Vice  President  of New  England  Telephone - Maine
(1985 - 1988).

     Alexander E. Capo has been involved in the telephone  industry  since 1972.
He has held the  position of Vice  President  - Marketing  and Sales since 1987.
From 1985 to 1987 he

                                       49


was the Director of Sales for The Farmstead  Group,  Inc. Prior thereto he was a
Sales Manager with the National Telephone Company.

     Joseph A. Novak,  Jr. was employed by the Company in January  1990.  He was
appointed  Vice  President - Operations in July 1993,  and since August 1995 has
been  in  charge  of  warehouse  and  technical  operations  for  the  Company's
international  telephone equipment business.  From 1990 to 1993 he was in charge
of warehouse  and  technical  operations  for the domestic  telephone  equipment
business unit.  Prior to 1990, he was employed by AT&T for 28 years,  serving in
various  operational  and sales  management  capacities.  Mr. Novak is also Vice
General Manager and a Director of ATC.

     Neil R.  Sullivan  was employed by the Company in October 1994 as Corporate
Controller  (until May 1996) and as General  Manager of the  Company's  domestic
telephone  equipment  business  unit,  and in December  1994 was also  appointed
Assistant  Secretary of the  Company.  From 1981 to 1994 he was employed by Zero
Corporation  ("Zero"),  a  manufacturer  of  cabinets,   cooling  equipment  and
containers for the electronics industry.  Mr. Sullivan was Controller of various
divisions of Zero from 1981 to 1991, and was Vice  President/General  Manager of
the Zero-East division from 1991 to 1994.

     John G.  Antonich  was employed by the Company as Director of Sales in July
1993. In February  1996, he was appointed  General  Manager of the Cobotyx voice
processing products division.  From January 1991 to April 1993 he was an Account
Executive with Quodata, a software manufacturer.  For two years prior thereto he
was a part owner of Accurate Data, a computer systems dealer.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following  table  sets forth all  compensation  paid or accrued by the
Company for services  rendered during the three years ended December 31, 1995 to
the Chief Executive  Officer  ("CEO") and to each executive  officer whose total
annual compensation exceeded $100,000 in 1995 (the "Named Officers"):



                                       50


                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               LONG-TERM
                                                                              COMPENSATION
                                                                          ---------------------
                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION             AWARDS (2)

 NAME AND PRINCIPAL                  FISCAL      SALARY($)     BONUS                                  ALL OTHER
 POSITION                             YEAR         (1)          ($)            OPTIONS (#)          COMPENSATION(3)
- ---------------------------------   ----------  ------------ -----------  ---------------------  -------------------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>                         <C>   
CEO:
George J. Taylor, Jr.                 1995        150,000      30,000           600,000                5,135
                                      1994        114,723       8,595           250,000                3,077
                                      1993        110,685           -                 -                2,556
Named Officers:
Alexander E. Capo                     1995        182,055           -                 -                3,900
                                      1994        123,481           -            50,000                    -
                                      1993        141,011           -                 -                    -

Robert G. LaVigne                     1995         84,000      16,800                 -                    -
                                      1994         83,635      16,154           275,000                    -
                                      1993         70,000           -                 -                    -

Peter S. Buswell (4)                  1995        113,539           -           300,000                7,294
                                      1994        112,616           -                 -                    -
                                      1993              -           -           100,000                    -
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes base salary and sales commissions if applicable.

(2)  The Company did not grant any restricted stock awards or stock appreciation
     rights  ("SARS") or make any long-term  incentive plan payments  during the
     fiscal years presented.

(3)  Category  includes  insurance  premiums paid by the Company,  and an amount
     attributable  to the use of a  Company  automobile  for Mr.  Taylor,  a car
     allowance  for Mr.  Capo,  and  accrued  vacation  and sick pay paid to Mr.
     Buswell.

(4)  Mr.  Buswell  joined the Company in 1994,  and  resigned as an employee and
     Director of the Company on September  11, 1995.  During 1993,  Mr.  Buswell
     provided  marketing  and  technical  consulting  services to the Company in
     connection  with the start up of the  Company's  voice  processing  product
     lines,  for which he earned an aggregate of $52,375 in 1993.  In 1993,  Mr.
     Buswell received a non-qualified option grant to purchase 100,000 shares of
     common stock under the 1992 Stock Option Plan.


                                       51



OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The following table sets forth information  concerning individual grants of
options to  purchase  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock made to each Named
Officer during the year ended December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         
                                   NUMBER OF  
                                   SECURITIES         % OF TOTAL OPTIONS
                                   UNDERLYING         GRANTED TO
                                   OPTIONS            EMPLOYEES IN        EXERCISE OR BASE
     NAME                          GRANTED (#)        FISCAL YEAR         PRICE ($/SH) (1)    EXPIRATION DATE
     ----                          -----------        -----------         ----------------    ---------------
                                                         
<S>                                <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C> <C>
George J. Taylor, Jr.              600,000            53%                 .52                 8/8/00
Peter S. Buswell                   300,000            27%                 .42                 5/19/05

</TABLE>

(1)  The exercise price for Mr. Taylor represented 110% of the fair market value
     of the common stock on the grant date.  The exercise  price for Mr. Buswell
     represented the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date.

AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

     The  following  table  provides  information  on the  number  and  value of
unexercised options held at December 31, 1995, by each Named Officer.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NO. OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                  SHARES                              UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT            IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                  ACQUIRED ON     VALUE                  FY-END (#)                        FY-END ($)
           NAME                   EXERCISE (#)    REALIZED ($)      EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE         EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
           ----                   ------------    ------------      -----------  -------------         -------------------------

<S>                              <C>            <C>               <C>              <C>                               
George J. Taylor, Jr. ....        -               -                250,000          600,000                -               -
Alexander E. Capo ........        -               -                 50,000             -                   -               -
Robert G. LaVigne ........        -               -                290,000          160,000             11,025             -
Peter S. Buswell .........        -               -                 90,000          310,000                -               -

</TABLE>

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS - AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR:

None.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Non-employee directors receive $500 for each attended board meeting, plus a
non-qualified  option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock upon election to
the  Board.  Directors  are  reimbursed  for  their  expenses  for each  meeting
attended.


EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

     Mr. George J. Taylor, Jr. has a three year employment  agreement,  expiring
November 28,  1997,  which  provides for an annual base salary of $150,000,  and
which may be revised 


                                       52


upward on an annual basis by the Board of Directors. The agreement also provides
for (i) a bonus of up to 50% of base  salary if the  Company  attains its annual
revenue and earnings  objectives  set by the Board of Directors  beginning  with
fiscal year 1995,  and (ii) an additional  award equal to 7 1/2 % of earnings in
excess of said  earnings  objective.  Mr.  Taylor was also  granted an option to
purchase  600,000  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock.  The  agreement  also
provides for severance  payments  equal to two years' salary plus  incentives in
the event the Company  terminates  this  agreement  without  cause or Mr. Taylor
terminates the agreement with good reason,  and severance  payments equal to one
year's salary plus  incentives  in the event the  agreement is not renewed.  The
agreement also contains provisions  regarding  confidentiality and a non-compete
covenant  which  prohibits  him from  competing  with  the  Company  during  his
employment  and  for up to  two  years  thereafter.  Mr.  Taylor's  compensation
agreements were  established by the  Compensation  Committee and approved by the
Board of Directors.

     Mr. Capo's  compensation  arrangements  for fiscal 1995 consisted of a base
salary of $30,000, a $3,900 car allowance and sales commissions of $152,055. Mr.
Capo's sales commissions were calculated based upon a pre-determined  percentage
of the gross profit on sales generated from his direct selling efforts.

     Commencing in May 1995,  Mr. Buswell  entered into a three year  employment
agreement consisting principally of (i) a base salary of $120,000 per year, (ii)
a bonus of 5% of the annual after-tax earnings of the Cobotyx division in excess
of  the   board-approved   operating   budget  for  that  business  unit,  (iii)
participation  in a bonus pool  established and administered by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors,  up to a maximum of 50% of salary, and (iv)
an option to purchase up to 300,000  shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of the Company's  Common Stock on the grant date.
Mr.  Buswell  resigned from the Company on September 11, 1995 and his employment
agreement was terminated.

     Mr. LaVigne does not have an employment  agreement with the Company. At the
discretion of the Compensation Committee, Mr. LaVigne is eligible to participate
in a bonus pool up to a maximum of 50% of salary.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

     The Company's  1986 and 1987 Key  Employees and Key Personnel  Stock Option
Plans (the  "Earlier  Plans"),  which are virtually  identical,  provide for the
issuance,  pursuant to the exercise of stock options  granted  thereunder,  of a
maximum of 400,000  and 750,000  shares,  respectively,  of Common  Stock of the
Company. These plans may grant both Incentive and Non-qualified Stock Options to
officers and employees of the Company,  and Non-qualified  Stock Options only to
directors (who are not also employees), and consultants of the Company.

     The  Company's  1992 Stock  Option Plan (the "1992  Plan")  which,  in most
material respects,  is similar to the Earlier Plans, permits options to purchase
up to 3,500,000  shares of Common  Stock to be granted to  officers,  employees,
directors,


                                       53


consultants  and others who  perform  beneficial  services to the  Company.  The
Company  intends  the 1992 Plan to enable the Company to issue  Incentive  Stock
Options (as  defined in Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended) to its officers,  key employees and directors (who are also employees.)
These persons may, however,  also be granted  Non-qualified  Stock Options.  All
other persons will only be granted Non-qualified Stock Options.

     The purpose of the Earlier Plans and the 1992 Plan is to provide  incentive
to the Company's officers, key employees,  directors,  consultants and others to
continue to serve the Company, to continue their beneficial  relationship to the
Company, and to give them a greater interest, as stockholders, in the success of
the Company.

     The 1992 Plan is administered by a committee of two directors  appointed by
the Board of  Directors.  The persons  eligible to receive  options are such key
officers, employees,  directors and consultants of the Company and others as the
committee  shall  select,  provided  that  any  persons  who  own,  directly  or
indirectly,  more  than  10% of the  outstanding  stock of the  Company  may not
receive  options at an exercise price less than 110% of the fair market value of
the company's Common Stock as defined in the Plan.

     The committee  designates the persons to receive the options, the number of
shares to be optioned and the terms of the options,  including  the option price
and the duration of each option,  subject to certain limitations.  The committee
also  fixes  the time or times  when,  and the  extent  to  which,  an option is
exercisable,  provided that no option will be  exercisable  later than ten years
after the date of grant (or five  years in the case of a 10%  stockholder).  The
option is payable in cash. However, the committee may permit the option price to
be paid in shares of the Company's  Common Stock at the then current fair market
value, as defined in the 1992 Plan.

     As of March 31, 1996, an aggregate of 35,000 and 1,125,917  options  (3,500
and 112,592  adjusted  for the Reverse  Split) were  available  for future grant
pursuant to the Earlier Plans and the 1992 Plan, respectively.

INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, authorizes
the Company to  indemnify  any  director  or officer  under  certain  prescribed
circumstances  and  subject to certain  limitations  against  certain  costs and
expenses,   including  attorneys'  fees  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  in
connection  with  any  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative  or  investigative,  to which such person is a party by reason of
being a director or officer of the Company if it is determined  that such person
acted in accordance  with the  applicable  standard of conduct set forth in such
statutory  provisions.  Article 9 of the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
contains  provisions  relating to the indemnification of directors and officers,
to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.

     The Company may also purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any
director  or  officer  which may cover  claims for which the  Company  could not
indemnify such person.


                                       54
  

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act") may be  permitted  to  directors,
officers and  controlling  persons of the Small Business  Issuer pursuant to the
foregoing provisions,  or otherwise,  the Small Business Issuer has been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore unenforceable.




                                       55



                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock,  $.001 par value per share, as of March
31, 1996 (without  adjusting for the Reverse Split), by (i) each person known by
the  Company  to own  beneficially  more  than  five  percent  of the  Company's
outstanding  shares of Common Stock, (ii) all directors of the Company and (iii)
all directors and executive  officers of the Company as a group.  In addition to
being a beneficial owner of more than five percent of the Company's  outstanding
shares of Common Stock, Mr. George J. Taylor, Jr. is a director of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             PERCENT OF
                                                             NUMBER OF SHARES                OUTSTANDING
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                      BENEFICIALLY OWNED              COMMON STOCK
- ---------------------------------------                      ------------------              ------------

<S>                                                          <C>                               <C>
FIVE PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS:
George J. Taylor, Jr. ............                             2,688,011(2)                     12.5%
Saudi American Bank...............                             1,300,000                         6.1%
P.O. Box 833
Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Martin H. Meyerson and                                         
M.H. Meyerson & Co., Inc.
80 Montgomery Street
Jersey City, New Jersey...........                             1,172,105(3)                      5.5%

OTHER DIRECTORS:
Robert G. LaVigne.................                               380,000(4)                      1.8%
Harold L. Hansen..................                                65,000(5)                       *
Hugh M. Taylor....................                               102,370(6)                       *
Joseph J. Kelley..................                                10,000(5)                       *

OTHER NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:
Alexander E. Capo.................                                62,800(7)                       *
ALL DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 
AS A GROUP (9 PERSONS)..................                       3,546,681(8)                     15.9%


</TABLE>
                                                 
- ---------------
* Less than 1%.

(1)  The address of each of the Company's  directors  and executive  officers is
     c/o the Company,  81 Church  Street,  East  Hartford,  CT 06108.  Except as
     otherwise  indicated,  the Company  believes each person named in the table
     has sole voting and investment


                                       56


     power with  respect to all shares  beneficially  owned by him.  Information
     with respect to beneficial ownership is based upon information furnished by
     such stockholder.

(2)  Includes  350,000  shares  issuable upon exercise of currently  exercisable
     stock options and 1,000 shares  issuable  upon  exercise of warrants.  Also
     includes  180,000  shares held by his  children,  and an  aggregate  of 200
     shares, for which Mr. Taylor is sole custodian, held for the benefit of his
     children under the U.G.M.A.

(3)  Reported on Schedule 13G as of December 31, 1995. Mr. Meyerson owns 305,000
     shares directly.  Additionally,  Mr. Meyerson,  as a controlling  person of
     M.H. Meyerson & Co., Inc. ("MHMC"), a broker-dealer which makes a market in
     the  securities  of the Company,  may be deemed to exercise sole voting and
     dispositive  power with respect to the shares held by MHMC.  As of December
     31, 1995, MHMC held 867,105 share equivalents  consisting of 281,879 shares
     of Common Stock plus 75,500  warrants to purchase  75,500  shares of Common
     Stock,  plus 254,863  underwriters  options to purchase 254,863 units, each
     unit  consisting  of one share of Common Stock plus one warrant to purchase
     one share of Common Stock. The foregoing does not include 771,800 shares of
     Common Stock plus 46,000 warrants to purchase 46,000 shares of Common Stock
     owned by other  persons  associated  with MHMC and  family  members of such
     associated persons.

(4)  Includes  330,000  shares  issuable upon exercise of currently  exercisable
     stock options.

(5)  Consists of shares  issuable upon exercise of currently  exercisable  stock
     options.

(6)  Includes  73,500 shares  issuable  upon  exercise of currently  exercisable
     stock options and 15,000 shares held by his children.

(7)  Includes  50,000 shares  issuable  upon  exercise of currently  exercisable
     stock options, and 2,900 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants.

(8)  Includes  1,008,500 shares issuable upon exercise of currently  exercisable
     stock options and 3,900 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants.

     Pursuant to individual  agreements with the Underwriter,  all of the shares
and share  equivalents  listed  above  except  those  held by MHMC and The Saudi
American Bank, are restricted from transfer for thirteen months from the date of
this Prospectus without the prior consent of the Underwriter.


                                       57
  


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

UNITS

     Each Unit  consists of one share of Common  Stock,  one Class A Warrant and
one  Class B  Warrant.  The  shares of Common  Stock  and the  Warrants  will be
separately tradeable following the Underwriter's decision to separate the Units.

COMMON STOCK

     The Company has  30,000,000  authorized  shares of Common Stock,  $.001 par
value per share.  As of March 31, 1996,  21,238,676  shares of Common Stock were
outstanding  (2,123,868  after  adjusting  for the  Reverse  Split,  but without
adjusting  for  rounding  fractional  shares).  The  Company  will be asking its
stockholders, at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders being held on June 13, 1996,
to approve  an  amendment  to the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to
implement a reverse stock split of the Company's outstanding securities.

     Each share of Common Stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote,  either
in person  or by  proxy,  at  meetings  of  stockholders.  The  holders  are not
permitted to vote their shares  cumulatively.  Accordingly,  the holders of more
than fifty  percent (50%) of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock
can elect all of the Directors of the Company.

     All shares of Common Stock are entitled to participate ratably in dividends
when and as  declared  by the  Company's  Board of  Directors  out of the  funds
legally available therefor.  Any such dividends may be paid in cash, property or
additional  shares of Common Stock. The Company has not paid any dividends since
its  inception  and presently  anticipates  that all  earnings,  if any, will be
retained for development of the Company's  business and that no dividends on the
shares of Common Stock will be declared in the  foreseeable  future.  Any future
dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Company's  Board of Directors
and will depend upon,  among other things,  future  earnings,  the operating and
financial condition of the Company, its capital  requirements,  general business
conditions  and other  pertinent  facts.  Moreover,  pursuant  to the terms of a
Commercial  Revolving  Loan and Security  Agreement  entered into with ABCC, the
Company is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends or making any other
distribution  on any shares of capital  stock  without the prior  consent of the
bank. Therefore there can be no assurance that any dividends on the Common Stock
will be paid in the future.

     Holders of Common Stock have no  preemptive or other  subscription  rights,
conversion  rights,  redemption or sinking fund provisions.  In the event of the
dissolution,  whether  voluntary or involuntary,  of the Company,  each share of
Common  Stock  is  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  any  assets  available  for
distribution  to holders of the equity of the Company after payment of creditors
and the  holders  for  shares of any class or series  of  preferred  stock  then
outstanding to the extent the then existing terms of the  outstanding  preferred
stock as set forth in the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  grant them
priority over holders of Common Stock.  All  outstanding  shares of Common Stock
are, and the shares of Common Stock  included in the Units,  when issued against
payment therefor,  and the shares of 


                                       58


Common Stock  underlying the Warrants,  when issued in accordance with the terms
of the  Warrants,  will  be,  validly  authorized  and  issued,  fully  paid and
non-assessable.

TRANSFER AGENT

     The Company has engaged Oxford Transfer & Registrar  ("Oxford"),  1130 S.W.
Morrison,  Suite 250,  Portland,  Oregon 97205, to act as transfer agent for the
Company's Common Stock.

WARRANTS

     The  Warrants  offered  hereby  will be issued in  registered  form under a
Warrant  Agreement (the "Warrant  Agreement")  between the Company and Oxford as
Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent").  The following summary of the provisions of
the Warrants is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant Agreement,
a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the  registration  statement  of which
this Prospectus is a part.

     Each Warrant will be separately  transferable once the Underwriter  decides
to separate the Units and will entitle the registered holder thereof to purchase
one share of Common Stock at $_____ per share [130% of the Unit Offering  Price]
for the Class A Warrants and $____ per share [150% of the Unit  Offering  Price]
for the Class B Warrants (subject to adjustment as described below) for a period
of five years  commencing on the date of this  Prospectus.  A holder of Warrants
may exercise such  Warrants by  surrendering  the  certificate  evidencing  such
Warrants to the Warrant Agent, together with the form of election to purchase on
the reverse side of such certificate  attached  thereto  properly  completed and
executed  and the payment of the exercise  price and any  transfer  tax. If less
than all of the Warrants evidenced by a Warrant certificate are exercised, a new
certificate will be issued for the remaining number of Warrants.

     For a holder of a Warrant to exercise the Warrants, there must be a current
registration  statement on file with the United States  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  and  various  state  securities  commissions.  The  Company  will be
required to file  post-effective  amendments to the Registration  Statement when
events  require  such  amendments  and to take  appropriate  action  under state
securities  laws.  While it is the  Company's  intention to file  post-effective
amendments when necessary and to take appropriate  action under state securities
laws,  there  is no  assurance  that  the  Registration  Statement  will be kept
effective or that such  appropriate  action under state  securities laws will be
effected. If the Registration  Statement is not kept current for any reason, the
Warrants will not be exercisable, and holders thereof may be deprived of value.

     The Company has  authorized and reserved for issuance a number of shares of
Common  Stock  sufficient  to provide  for the  exercise of the  Warrants.  When
issued, each share of Common Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable. Warrant
holders will not have any voting or other rights as  shareholders of the Company
unless and until Warrants are exercised and shares issued pursuant thereto.  The
exercise  price and the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise  of each  Warrant  are  subject to  adjustment  in 


                                      59

the  event  of  a  stock  split,  stock  dividend,   recapitalization,   merger,
consolidation or certain other events.

     At any time after 13 months from the date of this Prospectus, any or all of
the Warrants may be redeemed by the Company at a price of $.10 per Warrant, upon
the giving of ___ days' written  notice,  provided that the closing price of the
Common Stock equals or exceeds  $____ for the Class A Warrants and $____ for the
Class B Warrants  for a period of 20  consecutive  trading days ending five days
prior to the  notice of  redemption.  The right to  purchase  the  Common  Stock
represented by the Warrants  noticed for redemption will be forfeited unless the
Warrants are exercised  prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption.
While the Company may legally be permitted to give notice to redeem the Warrants
at a time when a current prospectus is not available thereby leaving the Warrant
holders no opportunity  to exercise  their  Warrants  prior to  redemption,  the
Company does not intend to redeem the Warrants  unless a current  prospectus  is
available at the time of redemption.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon  completion of this offering  (which will occur after  consummation of
the Reverse  Split),  the Company  will have  __________  shares of Common Stock
outstanding, assuming no other transactions involving the Common Stock. Assuming
conversion of the Warrants  offered  hereby,  __________  shares of Common Stock
will be  outstanding.  Of these  shares,  the  2,000,000  shares of Common Stock
issued upon  conversion  of the Warrants  sold in this  offering and  __________
shares currently outstanding (___________ after adjusting for the Reverse Split)
will be freely tradeable without  restriction or further  registration under the
Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by an "affiliate" of the Company
(in general,  a person who has a control  relationship  with the Company)  which
will be subject to the limitations of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act.
The remaining __________ shares of Common Stock are "restricted  securities," as
that term is defined under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     In  general,  under  Rule  144  as  currently  in  effect,  subject  to the
satisfaction of certain other  conditions,  a person,  including an affiliate of
the Company (or persons  whose  shares are  aggregated  with an affiliate of the
Company), who has owned restricted shares beneficially for at least two years is
entitled to sell,  within any three-month  period,  a number of shares that does
not exceed the greater of 1% of the total  number of  outstanding  shares of the
same class  (approximately  _______  shares if all Warrants  offered  herein are
exercised and no other shares of Common Stock are issued) or the average  weekly
trading volume of the Company's  Common Stock on all exchanges  and/or  reported
through the automated  quotation system of a registered  securities  association
during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is
filed with the  Commission.  Sales  under  Rule 144 are also  subject to certain
manner of sale provisions,  notice  requirements and the availability of current
public  information about the Company. A person who has not been an affiliate of
the Company for at least the three months immediately preceding the sale and who
has  beneficially  owned  shares of Common  Stock  for at least  three  years is
entitled  to sell  such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to any of the
limitations  described  above.


                                       60


     All officers and directors of the Company have agreed with the  Underwriter
that for  thirteen  months from the date of this  Prospectus  they will not sell
publicly any shares of Common Stock without the  Underwriter's  prior  approval.
Also, except in connection with acquisitions or pursuant to warrants and options
outstanding  immediately prior to the Closing of this Offering, the Company will
not,  without  the  Underwriter's  prior  written  consent,  which  will  not be
unreasonably withheld, sell or offer to sell, either publicly or privately,  any
shares of Common Stock, other equity, debt or converible securities for thirteen
(13) months after the Closing of this  Offering with the exception of employees'
options and outside directors' options.



                                  UNDERWRITING

     The  Underwriter  is committed to purchase all of the Units offered  hereby
that  are not  sold  in the  Rights  Offering,  if any of  such  securities  are
purchased.  The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the  obligations  of the
Underwriter are subject to conditions precedent specified therein.

     The Company has been advised by the Underwriter that it proposes  initially
to offer the Units to the public at the public  offering  price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus and may allow certain  dealers  concessions of not
in excess of $____ per Unit. Such dealers may reallow a concession not in excess
of $____ per Unit to other dealers.  After the commencement of the offering, the
public  offering  price,  concession  and  reallowance  may  be  changed  by the
Underwriter.  The  Underwriter  has informed the Company that it does not expect
sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the securities offered
by the Company hereby.

     The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriter  against  certain
liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities  Act. The Company has
also  agreed  to  pay  to  the  Underwriter  (i)  an  expense   allowance  on  a
non-accountable  basis equal to three percent (3%) of the gross proceeds derived
from the sale of the Units underwritten, of which $25,000 has been paid to date,
(ii) a 5% Warrant  solicitation  fee for all Warrants  exercised after 12 months
from the date of this  Prospectus,  (iii)  $108,000  at  Closing  as an  advance
payment  for a 36  month  consulting  fee,  (iv)  an  amount  in  the  range  of
$55,000-$130,000 as a structuring fee based upon the amount of Units the Company
sells in the Rights  Offering,  and (v) an option to purchase,  during the forty
five day  period  following  the date  hereof,  up to  150,000  Units to satisfy
overallotments.

     The  Company's  officers  and  directors  have  agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  offer to sell,  contract to sell, sell,  transfer,  assign,
encumber,  grant an  option to  purchase,  pledge or  otherwise  dispose  of any
beneficial  interest in such securities for a period of 13 months  following the
date of this Prospectus  without the prior written  consent of the  Underwriter.
Also, except in connection with acquisitions or pursuant to warrants and options
outstanding  immediately prior to the Closing of this Offering, the Company will
not, 

                                       61

without the Underwriter's prior written consent,  which will not be unreasonably
withheld,  sell or offer to sell,  either  publicly or privately,  any shares of
Common Stock,  other equity,  debt or  convertible  securities for thirteen (13)
months  after the Closing of this  Offering  with the  exception  of  employees'
options and outside director's options.

     In  connection  with this  offering,  the Company has agreed to sell to the
Underwriter, for nominal consideration, warrants to purchase from the Company an
amount of Units equal to 10% of the amount of Units it actually underwrites (the
"Underwriter's  Warrants"). The Underwriter's Warrants are initially exercisable
at a price of $____ per Unit [140% of the initial public  offering  price] for a
period  of four  years  commencing  one  year  from the  effective  date of this
Prospectus and are restricted from sale,  transfer,  assignment or hypothecation
for a period of twelve  months from the date  hereof,  except to officers of the
Underwriter.  The Units issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants are
identical to those  offered  hereby.  The  Underwriter's  Warrants  grant to the
holders thereof certain rights of registration for the securities  issuable upon
exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants.

     The public offering price for the Units has been determined by negotiations
between the Company and the Underwriter  and is not  necessarily  related to the
Company's asset value,  net worth or other  established  criteria of value.  The
factors  considered  in such  negotiations,  in  addition to  prevailing  market
conditions,  included the history of and prospects for the industry in which the
Company competes,  an assessment of the Company's  management,  the prospects of
the Company,  its capital  structure  and certain  other  factors as were deemed
relevant.

     The  foregoing  is a  summary  of the  principal  terms  of the  agreements
described above and does not purport to be complete. Reference is made to a copy
of each  such  agreement  which  is  filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement. See "Additional Information."

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The  validity of the  issuance of the Units  offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by the law firm of Heller, Horowitz & Feit, P.C., New York,
New York.  Certain  legal  matters  for the  Underwriter  have been  reviewed by
William M. Prifti,  Esq.,  Lynnfield,  Massachusetts,  in  connection  with this
Offering.

                                     EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for each of
the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995 included in this  Prospectus
and  elsewhere  in the  registration  statement  have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche,  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their  report  with  respect
thereto,  and have been so included  herein in reliance  upon the report of such
firm  given  upon  their  authority  as  experts  in  accounting  and  auditing.


                                       62

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The  Company  has filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  a
Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (the "Registration Statement") under the Act
with  respect  to  the  Units.  This  Prospectus  does  not  contain  all of the
information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  and
schedules filed therewith.  For further  information with respect to the Company
or the Units, reference is hereby made to such Registration Statement and to the
exhibits and schedules filed therewith.  Statements contained in this Prospectus
regarding  the  contents of any contract or other  document are not  necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,  each such statement
being qualified in all respects by such reference.  The Registration  Statement,
including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at
the principal office of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549,  and copies of all or any part  thereof may be obtained  from such office
upon payment of the prescribed fees.


                                       63




                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PAGE NO.

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP.............................................F-2

Balance Sheets -- December 31, 1995 and 1994................................F-3

Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 .....................................F-4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
Two Years Ended December 31, 1995...........................................F-4

Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 .....................................F-5

Notes to Financial Statements...............................................F-6

Consolidated Balance Sheets -- March 31, 1996 (Unaudited)
and December 31, 1995.......................................................F-14

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995..................................F-15

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995..................................F-16

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)......................F-17


                                      F-1



DELOITTE &
 TOUCHE LLP
- -----------                 ----------------------------------------------------
                            City Place                  Telephone: (203)280-3000
                            185 Asylum Street           Facsimile: (203)280-3051
                            Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3402

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc.
East Hartford, Connecticut

We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of Farmstead  Telephone Group,
Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements of operations,
changes in stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the years then ended.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

In our  opinion,  such  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all material
respects,  the  financial  position of  Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

March 8, 1996


- --------------- 
DELOITTE TOUCHE
TOHMATSU
INTERNATIONAL
- ---------------


                                       F-2
                



                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands, except number of shares)                                                        1995              1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                                                         <C>              <C>      
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents (Note 2)                                                      $     622        $     904
    Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
        accounts of $121 in 1995 and $87 in 1994                                                2,691            2,242
    Inventories                                                                                 1,946            1,696
    Other current assets                                                                          139              211
                                                                                              --------         --------
         Total current assets                                                                   5,398            5,053
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and
    amortization of $326 in 1995 and $187 in 1994  (Note 3)                                       256              266

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary  (Note 8)                                                 201                -

Other assets                                                                                       54              105
                                                                                              --------         --------
         Total assets                                                                       $   5,909        $   5,424
                                                                                              ========         ========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
    Bank Borrowings  (Note 4)                                                               $   1,452        $     578
    Accounts payable                                                                            1,053            1,406
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities                                                398              296
                                                                                              --------         --------
         Total current liabilities                                                              2,903            2,280
Other liabilities                                                                                   -               10
                                                                                              --------         --------
         Total liabilities                                                                      2,903            2,290
Commitments and contingencies  (Note 9)
Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized;
        zero shares issued and outstanding                                                          -                -
    Common stock, $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized;
        21,238,676 and 20,398,947 shares issued and outstanding in 1995
        and 1994, respectively                                                                     21               20
    Additional paid-in capital                                                                  8,431            8,045
    Stock subscriptions receivable (Note 7)                                                         -              (38)
    Accumulated deficit                                                                        (5,446)          (4,893)
                                                                                              --------         --------
         Total stockholders' equity                                                             3,006            3,134
                                                                                              --------         --------
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                         $   5,909        $   5,424
                                                                                              ========         ========
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.



                                      F-3



                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands, except per share amounts)                                                       1995              1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>               <C>
Sales and service revenues                                                                 $   15,317        $   11,787
                                                                                             ---------         ---------
Costs and expenses:
   Cost of goods and services sold                                                             10,645             8,230
   Selling, general and administrative expenses                                                 4,835             3,183
   Research and development expenses                                                               99               217
   Interest expense                                                                                99                40
   Equity in unconsolidated subsidiary  (Note 8)                                                  197                 -
   Other income                                                                                   (14)              (58)
                                                                                             ---------         ---------
      Total costs and expenses                                                                 15,861            11,612
                                                                                             ---------         ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes                                                                (544)              175
Provision for income taxes                                                                          9                 3
                                                                                             ---------         ---------
Net income (loss)                                                                          $     (553)       $      172
                                                                                             =========         =========

Net income (loss) per share                                                                $     (.03)       $      .01
                                                                                             =========         =========
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares                                           20,842            21,608
                                                                                             =========         =========
</TABLE>

                  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     
                                               COMMON STOCK            ADDITIONAL       STOCK SUB-          ACCUM-  
                                          -----------------------        PAID-IN        SCRIPTIONS          ULATED  
(In thousands)                            SHARES        AMOUNT           CAPITAL        RECEIVABLE          DEFICIT          TOTAL
- --------------------------------------    ---------     ---------    ------------     ------------       ----------      ----------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>          <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>        
Balance at December 31, 1993                19,251    $       19   $       7,625    $           -      $    (5,065)    $     2,579
Stock options exercised                         29             -               7                -                -               7
Warrants exercised                             119             -              59                -                -              59
Private placements of stock                  1,000             1             354              (38)               -             317
Net income                                       -             -               -                -              172             172
                                          ---------     ---------    ------------     ------------       ----------      ----------
Balance at December 31, 1994                20,399            20           8,045              (38)          (4,893)          3,134
Warrants exercised                             840             1             419                -                -             420
Private placements of stock                      -             -             (33)              38                -               5
Net loss                                         -             -               -                -             (553)           (553)
                                          ---------     ---------    ------------     ------------       ----------      ----------
Balance at December 31, 1995                21,239    $       21   $       8,431    $           -      $    (5,446)    $     3,006
                                          =========     =========    ============     ============       ==========      ==========

</TABLE>
                                    

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                     F-4




                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         (In thousands)                                                                  1995          1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)                                                                   $   (553)     $    172
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows
      used in operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                                                      158           114
         Gross profit deferred on sales to unconsolidated subsidiary                        171             -
         Equity in undistributed loss of unconsolidated subsidiary                           20             -
         Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects
            from assets purchased from CCI in 1994:
            Increase in accounts receivable                                                (449)       (1,420)
            Increase in inventories                                                        (250)          (80)
            Decrease in other assets                                                         16           140
            Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses 
               and other current liabilities                                               (235)          955
                                                                                        --------      --------
        Net cash used in operating activities                                            (1,122)         (119)
                                                                                        --------      --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchases of property and equipment                                                     (108)         (194)
   (Increase) decrease in short-term investments                                             75           (75)
   Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary (Note  8)                                       (399)            -
                                                                                        --------      --------
         Net cash used in investing activities                                             (432)         (269)
                                                                                        --------      --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Payment of asset purchase obligation (Note 5)                                              -          (375)
   Proceeds from short-term and long-term borrowings                                        874             -
   Repayments of short-term and long-term borrowings and
      capital lease obligation                                                              (27)         (189)
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants, net                                420            66
   Proceeds from sales of common stock, net                                                   5           317
                                                                                        --------      --------
         Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                              1,272          (181)
                                                                                        --------      --------
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                  (282)         (569)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                            904         1,473
                                                                                        --------      --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                                             $    622      $    904
                                                                                        ========      ========

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Sale of common stock for subscription receivable                                    $      -      $     38
   Allocation of asset purchase obligation to assets acquired:
      Inventories                                                                             -           350
      Fixed assets                                                                            -            25
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 
   Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest                                                                              102            36
      Income taxes                                                                            4             3


</TABLE>
                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5


                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1.  BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BUSINESS OPERATIONS
      Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc. (the "Company") is engaged in the Customer
Premise   Equipment   ("CPE")  segment  of  the   telecommunications   industry,
principally  as a secondary  market  reseller of used  and/or  refurbished  AT&T
business  telephone  parts and  systems,  and as a  designer,  manufacturer  and
supplier  of  proprietary  voice (or "call")  processing  systems  that  provide
automated call handling,  voice and fax messaging,  interactive  voice response,
automated call distribution and message notification functionality.  The Company
also provides equipment repair and refurbishing, inventory management, and other
related  value-added  services.  The Company  sells its products and services to
corporate  end  users,  and to other  dealers  and  distributors.  CPE refers to
equipment which resides at the customer's premises.

ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY
      Investment in an  unconsolidated  50% owned subsidiary is accounted for by
the equity method.  Under the equity method, the original investment is recorded
at cost and  subsequently  increased or decreased by the Company's  share of the
subsidiary's   undistributed   earnings  or  losses,  less  distributions.   The
investment is also reduced by the amount of any deferred  gross profits on sales
to the  subsidiary  until  such  time as the  related  goods  are  resold by the
subsidiary.

REVENUE
      Product sales revenues are recognized  upon shipment.  Revenues from other
provided services are recognized as the service is provided.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
      The Company  considers all highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with an
initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

INVENTORIES
      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined
on an average basis, which approximates the first-in, first-out method.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
      Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed using
the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets
which range from three to five years.  Maintenance,  repairs and minor  renewals
are charged to operations as incurred.

INCOME TAXES
      The  Company  provides  for  income  taxes  under the asset and  liability
method,  under which deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for the
future tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial
statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their
respective  tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are measured using
enacted  tax rates  expected  to apply to  taxable  income in the years in which
those temporary  differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.


                                      F-6

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
      Net income  (loss) per share is based on the  weighted  average  number of
shares outstanding  during each period.  Fully diluted per share amounts are not
shown for the  periods in which the effect is  immaterial  or  antidilutive.  In
calculating weighted average shares outstanding, all securities convertible into
common stock, such as stock options,  warrants, and units, are excluded if their
effect on net income (loss) per share is antidilutive.

RECLASSIFICATIONS
     Certain December 31, 1994 balance sheet accounts have been  reclassified in
order to conform with the December 31, 1995 presentation.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
      The Company has not adopted the  recently  issued  Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-based  Compensation," ("SFAS
123") which is required to be adopted in the first quarter of 1996.  The Company
currently records compensation based on the provisions of Accounting  Principles
Board Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," as allowed by
SFAS 123. The Company is continuing to evaluate whether or not it will change to
the recognition provisions of SFAS 123.

NOTE  2.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 1995 and 1994 includes $100,000,
invested in a money market fund, which has been pledged as collateral with Fleet
Bank N.A. in  connection  with a letter of credit issued to one of the Company's
vendors. The letter of credit expires March 31, 1996.

NOTE  3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     As of December 31, the components of property and equipment were as follows
 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995             1994
                                                                    --------         --------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>      
At cost:
   Equipment                                                      $     402        $     274
   Furniture and fixtures                                                76               74
   Leasehold improvements                                                46               47
   Leased equipment under capital  lease (a)                             58               58
                                                                    --------         --------
                                                                        582              453
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                         (326)            (187)
                                                                    --------         --------
                                                                  $     256        $     266
                                                                    ========         ========
</TABLE>

(a) The Company leased computer  equipment under a noncancelable  lease contract
which expired in February 1996.

NOTE 4.  BANK BORROWINGS

      In August 1993, the Company entered into a $750,000  Revolving  Credit and
Security Agreement ("Fleet Agreement") with Fleet Bank, N.A. for an initial term
of twenty-two  months expiring June 1995.  Borrowings  under the Fleet Agreement
bore  interest  at 1% over the  Prime  Rate,  were  based  upon 80% of  eligible
receivables  (principally domestic receivables less than 90 days old) and 30% of
eligible  inventory (up to a maximum inventory advance of $225,000 or 30% of all
outstanding borrowings). The Fleet Agreement was secured by the Company's assets
and by the guarantee of the Connecticut  Development  Authority to the extent of
24% of the  outstanding  borrowings  up to a  maximum  of  $225,000.  The  Fleet
Agreement contained covenants which, among other things, required the Company to
maintain a minimum of $1 million of  working  capital,  plus  maintain  specific
liquidity and solvency ratios.  The Company was in compliance with all covenants
of the Credit  Agreement at December  31, 1994,  except that it did not meet its
required  debt  service  ratio of a minimum of 1.2 to 1, because it had negative


                                      F-7


cash flow from  operations  in 1994.  In March  1995,  the Company was granted a
waiver of this  covenant  by the Bank.  The Fleet  Agreement  also  contained  a
$100,000 compensating balance requirement.

      On June 5, 1995, the Company entered into a one year renewable  Commercial
Loan and Security  Agreement (the "Loan  Agreement")  with  Affiliated  Business
Credit  Corporation,  replacing the Fleet  Agreement,  which provided for a $1.5
million  revolving  line of  credit.  Under  the  terms of the  Loan  Agreement,
borrowings  bear  interest at the prime rate plus 1.5% on the greater of (i) the
actual  monthly loan balance or (ii) a minimum  assumed  monthly loan balance of
$600,000.  The Company may borrow  against the  aggregate of (i) 75% of eligible
accounts receivable (domestic receivables less than 90 days old) and (ii) 25% of
eligible  inventory (up to a maximum inventory  advance of $300,000),  up to the
maximum  amount  of the  facility.  Borrowings  under  the  Loan  Agreement  are
repayable  upon demand,  and are secured by all of the Company's  assets.  As of
December 31, 1995, the unused credit line was approximately $48,000. The average
and highest amounts borrowed under all credit  facilities  during the year ended
December  31, 1995 was  $880,000 and  $1,479,000,  respectively,  as compared to
$406,000 and $686,000,  respectively,  for 1994.  The Company's  borrowings  are
dependent  upon the continuing  generation of collateral,  subject to its credit
limit. The weighted average interest rate on the Company's  outstanding debt was
11.0% for 1995 and 8.8% for 1994.

      On March 11, 1996,  the Loan  Agreement was extended to May 31, 1997,  and
the amount of the credit line was  increased  from $1.5 million to $2.0 million.
The Loan Agreement was further amended to (i) temporarily  increase the Eligible
Inventory advance rate from 25% to 40% until May 31, 1996, followed by a gradual
decline  ranging from 2% to 1% per month,  to return to 25% by February 1, 1997,
(ii)  temporarily  increase  the maximum  inventory  advance  amount to $425,000
through May 31,  1996,  followed by a gradual  decline  ranging  from $25,000 to
$12,500 per month, to return to $300,000 by February 1, 1997, and (iii) increase
the minimum assumed monthly loan balance to $700,000.

NOTE 5.  ACQUISITION

     As of January 24,  1994,  the Company  acquired  certain  assets of Cobotyx
Corporation,  Inc.  ("CCI"),  a  designer,  manufacturer  and  supplier of voice
processing  systems  which  was in  proceedings  for the  reorganization  of its
business under Chapter 11 of the United States  Bankruptcy  Code, for a purchase
price of  $375,000.  The  assets  acquired  included  technology  and  know-how,
inventories,  property  and  equipment,  executory  contract  rights,  the  name
"Cobotyx,"and any other trademarks,  tradenames,  service marks, patents, patent
applications,  copyrights and other intangible property,  and contractual rights
relating thereto.

     Under the purchase  method of accounting,  the Company  assigned a value of
$350,000  to the  inventories  acquired  from CCI,  and  $72,000  (which  amount
includes  $47,000  of other  direct  acquisition  costs,  principally  legal and
accounting  costs) to fixed assets.  The allocation of the acquisition costs was
based upon the fair value of the assets  acquired.  Because this transaction was
made  close to the  beginning  of 1994,  pro  forma  results  for 1994  were not
considered necessary.

NOTE  6.  STOCK OPTIONS

     The 1986 Key Employees and Key Personnel Stock Option Plan (amended in June
1988) permits the granting of options to purchase up to 400,000 shares of common
stock.  The options  may be granted at no less than market  value at the time of
granting except, for a 10% or more stockholder,  the exercise price shall not be
less than 110% of market value.  The plan  terminates  in October 1996.  Options
granted under this plan expire on various dates through 2002.

     The 1987 Key  Employees  and Key  Personnel  Stock  Option Plan permits the
granting of options to purchase up to 750,000 shares of common stock.  The terms
of this plan are the same as the 1986 Plan.  The 1987 Plan  terminates  in March
1997.  Options granted expire on various dates through 2000.


                                      F-8


     The 1992 Stock  Option Plan  permits the granting of options to purchase up
to 3,500,000  shares of common stock. The terms of this plan are essentially the
same as the 1986  Plan.  The Plan  terminates  in 2002,  and  options  currently
granted expire on various dates through 2005.

     A summary of transactions  for these plans for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 1995 is as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                            
                                                             1986 PLAN                          1987 PLAN
                                                    -----------------------------      --------------------------
                                                       NUMBER          OPTION             NUMBER        OPTION
                                                         OF             PRICE               OF           PRICE
                                                       SHARES           RANGE             SHARES         RANGE
                                                    -----------      ------------      -----------    -----------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>                  <C>            <C>    
Outstanding at December 31, 1993                        43,000     $  .18 - 1.00          116,000        $   .16
     Granted                                                 -                 -                -              -
     Exercised                                          (5,000)              .22          (16,000)           .16
     Canceled or lapsed                                 (1,500)              .18                -              -
                                                    -----------      ------------      -----------         ------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994                        36,500     $  .16 - 1.00          100,000        $   .16
     Granted                                                 -                 -                -              -
     Exercised                                               -                 -                -              -
     Canceled or lapsed                                 (5,000)              .22                -              -
                                                    -----------      ------------      -----------         ------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                        31,500     $  .16 - 1.00          100,000        $   .16
                                                    ===========      ============      ===========         ======

As of December 31, 1995:
     Exercisable                                        31,500     $  .16 - 1.00          100,000        $   .16
     Available for future grant                         25,000                             45,000

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1992 PLAN
                                                    -----------------------------
                                                       NUMBER           OPTION
                                                        OF              PRICE 
                                                      SHARES            RANGE 
                                                    -----------      ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Outstanding at December 31, 1993                       624,500      $ .48 - 1.47
     Granted                                           925,000        .63 - 1.61
     Exercised                                          (7,500)              .48
     Canceled or lapsed                                (40,000)       .86 - 1.47
                                                    -----------      ------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994                     1,502,000        .48 - 1.61
     Granted                                         1,160,000        .25 -  .52
     Exercised                                               -                 -
     Canceled or lapsed                               (145,000)       .38 - 1.34
                                                    -----------      ------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                     2,517,000     $  .25 - 1.18
                                                    ===========      ============

As of December 31, 1995:
     Exercisable                                       949,500     $  .38 - 1.18
     Available for future grant                        955,917


</TABLE>
     On June 7, 1995,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  amended the exercise
price of all  outstanding  options granted to employees and directors as of that
date.  The  exercise  prices,  if  higher,  were  reduced  to  $.42  per  share,
representing  the fair market value of the common stock on that date. For owners
of 10% or more of the common  stock,  the exercise  price was reduced to 110% of
the fair market value.

     An officer of the Company  has an  exercisable  option to  purchase  75,000
shares of common  stock at $.156 per share  pursuant to a 1990 grant  outside of
the above listed option plans.

                                      F-9


     In 1989, an option to purchase  100,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per
share was granted to Chancellor Corporation as consideration for entering into a
lease  financing  and  remarketing  agreement.  During 1993,  options for 46,875
shares were exercised. The remaining options expired in March 1994.

     In June 1992,  the  Company  granted a five year  option to  purchase up to
290,909  shares of common stock to The Wall Street  Group,  Inc. in  conjunction
with a public  relations  service  agreement.  The  exercise  price was $.34 per
share,  which represented the fair market value of the common stock at the grant
date. No options have been exercised,  and the options are fully  exercisable as
of December 31, 1995.

NOTE 7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     In 1986,  416,663 warrants were issued in conjunction with the formation of
the Company,  each warrant  entitling the holder to purchase  one-half  share of
common stock at a price of $2.00 per share,  expiring April 30, 1992 (which were
further modified and extended as noted below).

     In May  1987,  the  Company  sold  3,313,630  units in its  initial  public
offering,  each unit  consisting  of one share of common  stock and a detachable
unit warrant (together with the warrants issued in 1986, hereinafter referred to
as "Public Warrants")  entitling the holder to purchase one-half share of common
stock at a price of $2.00 per share,  expiring  April 30, 1992.  Pursuant to the
underwriting   agreement  the  Company  issued  to  its   underwriters   options
("Underwriters Options") to purchase 331,363 of the Company's units, exercisable
at $1.68 per unit through April 13, 1992.

      Since May 1987,  the Company has  periodically  extended and modified both
the Public Warrants and the  Underwriters  Options.  Currently,  both are due to
expire on June 30, 1996. The Public Warrants are exercisable at $2.00 per share,
and  entitle the holder to acquire  one share of common  stock for each  warrant
tendered.  They are subject to  redemption by the Company on thirty days written
notice at a price of $.05 per warrant,  if the bid price for the common stock is
$3.00 or higher per share for ten  consecutive  business days. The  Underwriters
Option is  exercisable  at $1.68 per unit,  entitling  the holder to acquire one
share of common stock and a warrant, exercisable at $2.00 per share, to purchase
one share of common stock.

     During the year ended  December  31, 1995,  839,729  Public  Warrants  were
exercised,  raising approximately  $420,000. As of December 31, 1995, there were
1,835,727 Public Warrants outstanding.

     On April 18, 1994,  the Company  entered  into  agreements  with  Universal
Solutions,  Inc. ("USI") and Pyramid Holdings,  Inc. ("PHI"),  both of which are
unaffiliated with the Company, pursuant to which each company subscribed for the
purchase of 500,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a subscription price
of  $0.65  per  share.  By  further  agreement  dated  as of May 20,  1994,  the
subscription  agreements were amended to fix the price per share at 57.8 percent
of the average of the high and low bid price of the Company's common stock as of
the date the  registration of the purchased  stock is declared  effective by the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  subject to a minimum price of $0.45 and a
maximum price of $0.75 per share. On February 3, 1995, the registration of these
shares was  declared  effective,  and a $0.45 per share  subscription  price was
determined.  As of December 31,  1994,  the Company had received an aggregate of
$375,000,   and  was  holding  the  restricted  shares  in  escrow,   pending  a
determination of the final subscription price and full payment thereof. In March
1995 the Company made a business decision to reduce the $75,000 balance owed for
the  shares by  $37,500  in  consideration  of the  length  of the  registration
process, and the further deterioration of the Company's stock price. Included in
stockholders' equity at December 31, 1994 is a subscriptions  receivable balance
of $37,500,  representing the adjusted remaining  subscription price receivable,
which was paid in full in March 1995.

     On October 31,  1995 the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  ("Financing
Agreement")  with the Robert S. Dorfman  Company,  Inc.  ("Dorfman")  to provide
investment banking services for the Company.  In connection  therewith,  Dorfman
was  granted a warrant to  purchase  20,000  shares of common  stock at $.01 per
share.  In  addition,  Dorfman  will be issued  warrants  to  purchase  up to an
additional  80,000 shares of common stock at $.01 per share  contingent upon the
completion  of  certain  financing  proposals  as  specified  in  the  Financing
Agreement.


                                      F-10



NOTE  8.  INVESTMENT IN  UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY

     On December  31,  1994,  the Company  entered into an agreement to purchase
D.W.  International,  Ltd.'s  ("DWI") 50%  ownership  interest in Beijing  Antai
Communication  Equipment  Co., Ltd.  ("ATC"),  for a purchase price of $100. The
purchase  transaction  was  completed  effective  May 30,  1995 upon  receipt of
Chinese government approvals. ATC, located in Beijing, Peoples Republic of China
("PRC"),  was formed in October 1992 as a Joint Venture Enterprise , and is also
owned 50% by Beijing Aquatic Product Inc., a registered  company in the PRC. DWI
is a  Delaware  Corporation  owned 50% by Mr. Da Wei Wu,  who  serves as General
Manager  of ATC.  ATC,  previously  a  distributor  for the  Company in the PRC,
markets,  assembles,  manufactures,  installs and services the Company's central
office,  PBX and signaling  interface products which have been developed for use
in  the  PRC.  ATC  also  distributes  and  installs  local   telecommunications
transmission  systems  and  home  and  business  alarm  systems,  however  their
historical   operations   prior  to  the   Company's   acquisition   have   been
insignificant.

     Under Chinese laws governing equity joint ventures, the Company also made a
$390,000 capital  contribution to ATC to complete the $500,000  original capital
contribution  requirement  of the  foreign  party  to  the  joint  venture.  The
acquisition  costs  exceeded the  underlying  equity in the net assets of ATC by
approximately  $190,000  which  will be  amortized  on a pro rata basis over the
remaining 17 year term of the joint venture.

     Summarized  financial  information  on ATC for  1995  from  the date of the
Company's acquisition is as follows ($000's):

     Sales revenues                                           $   15
     Gross profit                                                  8
     Net loss                                                    (41)


     The  following  table  shows the  changes in the  Company's  investment  in
unconsolidated subsidiary ($000's):


     Investment at December 31, 1994                          $    -
     Capital contribution, including other direct                
     acquisition costs                                           399
     Equity in  unconsolidated subsidiary:
        Deferred gross profit on sales to subsidiary            (171)
        Equity in net losses                                     (20)
        Amortization of excess of cost over equity
           in net assets                                          (6)
                                                               ------
     Investment at December 31, 1995                            $201
                                                               ======


NOTE 9.  LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company leases,  on a month-to-month  basis, (i)  approximately  29,000
square feet of office and warehouse space in East Hartford, Connecticut which it
uses for its principal  executive and  administrative  offices and its telephone
equipment operations and (ii) approximately 6,000 square feet of office space in
Danbury, Connecticut,  which it uses for its voice processing products division.
Rent expense was $ 201,000 in 1995 and $185,000 in 1994.

     On March 13, 1996, the Company's newly formed  subsidiary,  Farmstead Asset
Management Services, LLC, entered into a two year lease for approximately 70,100
square feet of warehouse and office space in Piscataway, New Jersey at a monthly
rent of $24,827  commencing  in April 1996.  This  facility will be used for the
remarketing of used AT&T telephone and computer equipment, and for the provision
of asset storage and management services.


                                      F-11


NOTE 10.  INCOME TAXES

     Current  income  tax  expense   attributable   to  income  from  continuing
operations  consists of state tax expense of $ 9,000 in 1995 and $3,000 in 1994.
There was no deferred federal or state tax expense in either of those years.

     Income tax expense  differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S.
federal  income  tax  rate  of 34  percent  to  pretax  income  from  continuing
operations as a result of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                  1995          1994
                                                                                 -------       -------
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>    
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)                                       $  (185)         $ 45
Increase (reduction) in income taxes
   resulting from:
   Amortization of goodwill                                                          10            10
   State and local income taxes, net of federal
      income tax benefit                                                              6             2
  Unutilized loss of foreign subsidiary                                               7            28
   (Realized) Unrealized benefit of operating  loss carryforwards                   164           (91)
  Other                                                                               7             9
                                                                                 -------       -------
                                                                                $     9       $     3
                                                                                 =======       =======
</TABLE>

     The tax  effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to  significant
portions of the  deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  at December 31, 1995 and
1994 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   1995           1994
                                                                                 --------       --------
<S>                                                                           <C>              <C>
Deferred tax assets:
   Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance
      for doubtful accounts                                                     $     65       $     27
   Inventories, principally due to additional costs                                   
      inventoried for tax purposes pursuant to the                                                   
      Tax Reform Act of 1986                                                          77             19
   Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards                               1,301          1,417
   Other                                                                              32             28
                                                                                 --------       --------
      Total gross deferred tax assets                                              1,475          1,491
       Less valuation allowance                                                   (1,475)        (1,491)
                                                                                 --------       --------
      Net deferred tax assets                                                   $      -       $      -
                                                                                 ========       ========

Deferred tax liabilities                                                        $      -       $      -
                                                                                 ========       ========

</TABLE>

     The valuation  allowance is considered  necessary due to the Company's past
history of operating  losses.  The  remaining  net deferred tax assets have been
reduced to the amount  which  management  believes is more likely than not to be
realized.

     The Company has net operating  loss  carryforwards  for federal  income tax
purposes of approximately  $3,594,000 of which approximately $550,000 is subject
to an annual limitation imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, due to the change
in ownership  which  occurred  during 1987. No federal  income tax provision has
been made in the accompanying  financial  statements  because of the presence of
net operating loss carryforwards.  These  carryforwards  expire on various dates
through 2009.


                                      F-12


NOTE 11.  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS

      On July 27, 1995, the Company entered into a Joint Venture  Agreement ("JV
Agreement") with Asia-Pacific  Services,  Inc. of Atlanta,  Georgia ("APSI") and
Beijing Taikang Telecommunications, Inc., owned and operated by the Planning and
Research  Institute  of  the  Ministry  of  Posts  and  Telecommunications,  PRC
("Taikang").  The purpose of the joint venture ("JV") was to be the assembly and
marketing  in the  Chinese  market and  certain  international  markets of voice
processing equipment and software,  including all of the Company's current voice
processing products. On July 27, 1995 the Company also entered into an agreement
("Interim  Agreement")  with these same  parties  for the  provision  of product
marketing and other business  organization  activities in advance of the startup
of the JV. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company  incurred  expenses
pursuant to these  agreements of approximately  $450,000,  consisting of working
capital  provided,   project  management   consulting  fees,  travel  costs  and
demonstration products provided by the Company.

      As a result of the  Company's  inability  to fund the $1  million  initial
capital  contribution  requested by Taikang, on November 1, 1995 the Company and
Taikang agreed to terminate both the JV Agreement and the Interim Agreement.

NOTE 12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

      Effective  February  29,  1996,  the Company  purchased  from AT&T Systems
Leasing Corporation, a subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation, certain assets of
its discontinued Asset Recovery Center ("ARC") for a purchase price of $250,000.
Prior to its closing in January 1996, the ARC primarily operated to service AT&T
affiliates in the orderly disposition, by way of consignment sales arrangements,
of excess,  overstocked  and end-of-life  telecommunications,  computer and data
transmission  equipment.  The assets acquired  consisted  primarily of warehouse
equipment,  vehicles,  computer and office equipment, and inventory. The Company
concurrently  formed  a  subsidiary  corporation,   Farmstead  Asset  Management
Services,  LLC  ("FAMS"),  which  will use the  purchased  assets  to start up a
similar operation in Piscataway,  New Jersey.  The Company intends to attempt to
re-establish  certain of the  relationships  that the ARC enjoyed,  however,  no
assurances can be given that it will be able to do so. The Company believes that
the  operations  of FAMS will  provide it with an  opportunity  to  develop  new
sources of equipment for resale to its existing  customers,  as well as to other
wholesalers  in  the  telephone,   data  and  computer  secondary  markets,  and
internationally.






                                      F-13




                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           MARCH 31,          DECEMBER 31,
(In thousands, except number of shares)                                                         1996                  1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
                                                           ASSETS
<S>                                                                                       <C>                  <C>
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                              $     283            $      622
    Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful  accounts                                 2,815                 2,691
    Inventories                                                                                2,348                 1,946
    Other current assets                                                                         598                   139
                                                                                             --------             ---------
         Total current assets                                                                  6,044                 5,398
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation  
         and amortization                                                                        449                   256
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary                                                          189                   201
Other assets                                                                                     131                    54
                                                                                             --------             ---------
         Total assets                                                                      $   6,813            $    5,909
                                                                                             ========             =========


                                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
    Bank Borrowings                                                                       $    1,862            $    1,452
    Accounts payable                                                                           1,219                 1,053
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities                                               394                   398
                                                                                            ---------             ---------
         Total current liabilities                                                             3,475                 2,903
                                                                                            ---------             ---------
Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized;
        no shares issued and outstanding                                                           -                     -
    Common stock, $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized;
        21,238,676 shares issued and outstanding                                                  21                    21
    Additional paid-in capital                                                                 8,431                 8,431
    Accumulated deficit                                                                       (5,114)               (5,446)
                                                                                            ---------             ---------
         Total stockholders' equity                                                            3,338                 3,006
                                                                                            ---------             ---------
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                       $    6,813            $    5,909
                                                                                            =========             =========
</TABLE>



          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-14









                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In thousands, except per share amounts)                                                        1996                  1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                         <C>                  <C>       
Net sales and service revenues                                                              $    4,122           $    3,713
Cost of revenues                                                                                 2,916                2,543
                                                                                              ---------            ---------
Gross profit                                                                                     1,206                1,170
                                                                                              ---------            ---------
Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and administrative expenses                                                  1,085                1,142
   Research and development expenses                                                                34                    6
                                                                                              ---------            ---------
  Total operating expenses                                                                       1,119                1,148
                                                                                              ---------            ---------
Operating income                                                                                    87                   22
Interest expense                                                                                   (30)                 (14)
Equity in loss of unconsolidated subsidiary                                                        (12)                   -
Other income                                                                                       292                    4
                                                                                              ---------            ---------
Income before income taxes                                                                         337                   12
Provision for income taxes                                                                           5                    6
                                                                                              ---------            ---------
Net income                                                                                  $      332           $        6
                                                                                              =========            =========

Net income per share                                                                        $      .02           $        *
                                                                                              =========            =========
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares                                            21,425               20,677
                                                                                              =========            =========
</TABLE>

- ---------------------------
*  Less than one-half cent.


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-15



                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In thousands)                                                                           1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income                                                                          $  332     $     6
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows
      used in operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                                                     30          34
         Equity in undistributed loss of unconsolidated subsidiary                         12
         Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
            Increase in accounts receivable                                              (124)       (148)
            Increase in inventories                                                      (402)       (487)
            Increase in other assets                                                     (537)        (59)
            Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses
               and other liabilities                                                      162         (80)
                                                                                        ------      ------
         Net cash used in operating activities                                           (527)       (734)
                                                                                        ------      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchases of property and equipment                                                   (222)        (41)
                                                                                        ------      ------
         Net cash used in investing activities                                           (222)        (41)
                                                                                        ------      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from short-term  borrowings                                                   410         172
   Repayments of short-term borrowings and
      capital lease obligation                                                              -          (6)
   Proceeds from sales of common stock, net                                                 -           4
                                                                                        ------      ------
         Net cash provided by financing activities                                         410        170
                                                                                        ------      ------
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                (339)       (605)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                          622         904
                                                                                        ------      ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                                               $283        $299
                                                                                        ======      ======

SUPPLEMENTAL  DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW  INFORMATION:  
     Cash paid during the period for:
      Interest                                                                            $30         $13
      Income taxes                                                                          5           4


</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-16




                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The interim  financial  statements for 1996 are presented on a consolidated
basis (see Note 3),  consisting  of the accounts of Farmstead  Telephone  Group,
Inc. and its majority-owned  subsidiaries (the "Company"). The interim financial
statements presented herein are unaudited,  however in the opinion of management
reflect  all  adjustments,  consisting  of  adjustments  that  are  of a  normal
recurring  nature,  which are necessary for a fair  statement of results for the
interim periods. For further information,  refer to the financial statements and
notes  thereto  included in the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the
year ended December 31, 1995.

     Beginning in 1996, the Company has changed the  presentation  format of the
Consolidated  Statement of Operations to provide more detailed  information  for
the  readers  of this  statement.  Comparative  amounts  for 1995 have also been
conformed to this presentation format.

NOTE  2.   OTHER ASSETS

     As part of a class action lawsuit  settlement in 1995, AT&T was required to
issue  approximately  4.2  million  $50 face value  coupons to the class  action
members. The coupons are freely transferable and are redeemable against the cost
of certain  specified AT&T  telephone  system  products or maintenance  services
purchased  during the  period May 1, 1995  through  June 1, 1997.  In 1996,  the
Company began purchasing  coupons in the marketplace at a discount to their face
value and redeeming  them with AT&T subject to a maximum  discount of 20% of the
purchase price up to a $2,500 maximum  discount per  transaction.  The Company's
accounting  policy is to record  income in the period in which it can  determine
the amount of rebate it has earned, in an amount equal to the excess of the face
value of the coupons used over the acquisition  cost of the coupons.  During the
three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company recorded $280,000 as other income
from the  application  of coupons to prior period  purchases.  Rebates earned on
current year purchases are recorded in cost of sales after the related  products
are sold.  Included in other assets at March 31, 1996 are rebates  receivable in
the total amount of $381,000.


NOTE  3.  FORMATION OF  SUBSIDIARY

     Effective  February  29,  1996,  the Company  purchased  from AT&T  Systems
Leasing Corporation, a subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation, certain assets of
its discontinued Asset Recovery Center ("ARC") for a purchase price of $250,000.
Prior to its closing in January 1996, the ARC primarily operated to service AT&T
affiliates in the orderly disposition, by way of consignment sales arrangements,
of excess,  overstocked  and end-of-life  telecommunications,  computer and data
transmission  equipment.  The assets acquired  consisted  primarily of warehouse
equipment,  vehicles,  computer and office equipment, and inventory. The Company
concurrently  formed  a  subsidiary  corporation,   Farmstead  Asset  Management
Services,  LLC  ("FAMS"),  which  will use the  purchased  assets  to start up a
similar operation in Piscataway,  New Jersey.  The Company intends to attempt to
re-establish  certain of the  relationships  that the ARC enjoyed,  however,  no
assurances can be given that it will be able to do so. The Company believes that
the  operations  of FAMS will  provide it with an  opportunity  to  develop  new
sources of equipment for resale to its existing  customers,  as well as to other
wholesalers  in  the  telephone,   data  and  computer  secondary  markets,  and
internationally.

NOTE 4.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On April 22,  1996,  the  Company  entered  into a letter of intent with an
underwriter which, as presently  structured,  contemplates the issuance and sale
of one million  Units,  each Unit to consist of one share of Common  Stock,  one
Redeemable A Warrant and one Redeemable B Warrant (collectively the "Securities"
or the "Units").


                                      F-17


For a thirty day period following the Offering Record Date as defined below, the
Company's   stockholders   (the  "Eligible   Stockholders")   will  be  given  a
non-transferable preferential right (the "Right") to purchase Units in an amount
equivalent to their  proportional  ownership of the Company's common stock as of
the Offering Record Date. Eligible  Stockholders are defined as all stockholders
of record on the date of the issuance of a Prospectus describing the offering of
the Securities (the "Offering  Record Date").  Eligible  Stockholders  will also
have the right to indicate their interest to purchase additional Units,  subject
to availability. All Units not purchased in the rights offering will be offered,
on a firm commitment basis, by the underwriter.

        As a prerequisite for the proposed public  offering,  the underwriter is
requiring that prior to the Effective  Date of the offering,  the Company obtain
stockholder  approval  and  implement  a 1 for 10 reverse  stock  split.  If the
Company  obtains  stockholder  approval at its June 13,  1996 annual  meeting of
stockholders,  the Board of Directors  will be authorized to implement a reverse
split in any desired amount such as, for example, one for five, one for fifteen,
et cetera.

        Any reverse split would be implemented in the discretion of the Board of
Directors  irrespective  of whether  the  underwriter  for the  offering  is the
current underwriter with whom the Company is presently working with or any other
underwriter which requires a reverse split as a prerequisite to an offering.  If
the application of the ratio causes any  stockholder to have a fractional  share
of stock, such share will be rounded up to the next highest whole share.

        The Company  intends to use the  proceeds of this  proposed  offering to
expand the Company's  business,  both  domestically and  internationally,  which
could include the acquisition of other businesses.  Until specific opportunities
are  presented,  the Company  cannot  determine  in any  greater  detail how the
proceeds of any offering  will be used. No assurance can be given that the final
terms and structure of the proposed offering will be as described.




                                      F-18






================================================================================

     No dealer,  salesperson  or other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in this
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or  representations  must not
be relied upon as having  been  authorized  by the  Company or any  Underwriter.
Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under
any  circumstances,  create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the  information  contained
herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.  This Prospectus
does not  constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy any
securities  offered hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction in which such offer or
solicitation  is not  authorized  or in which the  person  making  such offer or
solicitation  is not  qualified  to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to
make such offer or solicitation.

                                ________________

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Prospectus Summary.........................................................
The Company................................................................
Risk Factors...............................................................
Use of Proceeds............................................................
Capitalization.............................................................
Price Range of Listed Securities
   and Dividend Policy.....................................................
Selected Financial Data....................................................
Management's Discussion and
   Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operations...............................................
Business...................................................................
Management ................................................................
Principal Stockholders.....................................................
Description of Securities..................................................
Underwriting...............................................................
Legal Matters..............................................................
Experts....................................................................
Additional Information.....................................................
Index to Financial Statements..............................................

                                ________________


     Until  ____________,  1996 (25 days after the date of this  Prospectus) all
dealers  effecting  transactions  in the registered  securities,  whether or not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  Prospectus.
This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to deliver a Prospectus  when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.

================================================================================







                                     [LOGO]





                                    FARMSTEAD
                                TELEPHONE GROUP,
                                      INC.






                                 1,000,000 UNITS

                              EACH UNIT CONSISTING
                                 OF ONE SHARE OF
                            COMMON STOCK, ONE CLASS A
                                REDEEMABLE COMMON
                                 STOCK PURCHASE
                             WARRANT AND ONE CLASS B
                             REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK
                                PURCHASE WARRANT






                                ________________

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                ________________







                                    SCHNEIDER
                                SECURITIES, INC.


                                            , 1996









                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, authorizes
the  Registrant to indemnify  any director or officer  under certain  prescribed
circumstances  and  subject to certain  limitations  against  certain  costs and
expenses,   including  attorneys'  fees  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  in
connection  with  any  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative  or  investigative,  to which such person is a party by reason of
being a director  or officer of the  Registrant  if it is  determined  that such
person acted in accordance with the applicable  standard of conduct set forth in
such  statutory  provisions,  Article  9  of  the  Registrant's  Certificate  of
Incorporation  contains  provisions relating to the indemnification of directors
and officers, to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.

     The Registrant may also purchase and maintain  insurance for the benefit of
any director or officer  which may cover claims for which the  Registrant  could
not indemnify such persons.

     The Underwriting  Agreement provides for indemnification by the Underwriter
of  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons of the  Company for certain
liabilities,  including  certain  liabilities  under the  Securities Act of 1933
under certain circumstances.

ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following  table sets forth the estimated  expenses in connection  with
the offering  described in the Registration  Statement (other than  underwriting
discounts and commissions), all of which will be borne by the Registrant.

Securities and Exchange Commission Fee .................... $  7,742
NASD Fee.....................................................  2,745
NASDAQ Fee ................................................... 7,500
Boston Stock Exchange Fee...................................  15,000
Accountants' Fees and Expenses ..............................  6,000
Legal Fees and Expenses ....................................  35,000
Blue Sky Qualification, Fees and Expenses...................  25,000
Printing and Engraving .....................................  20,000
Miscellaneous ...............................................  2,388
                                                            --------
TOTAL ....................................................  $121,375
                                                            ========



ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES


     On April 18, 1994,  the Company  entered  into  agreements  with  Universal
Solutions,  Inc. ("USI") and Pyramid Holdings,  Inc. ("PHI"),  both of which are
unaffiliated with the Company, pursuant to which each company subscribed for the
purchase of 500,000 shares

                                      II-1


of the Company's  Common Stock at a  subscription  price of $0.65 per share.  By
further  agreement  dated as of May 20, 1994, the  subscription  agreements were
amended to fix the price per share at 57.8  percent  of the  average of the high
and low bid price of the Company's  Common Stock as of the date the registration
of the  purchased  stock is declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission, subject to a minimum price of $0.45 and a maximum price of $0.75 per
share.  As of  December  31,  1994,  the Company had  received an  aggregate  of
$375,000,   and  was  holding  the  restricted  shares  in  escrow,   pending  a
determination  of the final  subscription  price and full  payment  thereof.  On
February 3, 1995,  the  registration  statement  for these  shares was  declared
effective,  and a $0.45 per share subscription  price was determined,  leaving a
balance due of $75,000. Subsequently, USI and PHI requested a reduction of their
outstanding  balance in consideration of the length of the registration  process
and the further  deterioration  of the Company's stock price.  While the Company
believed that no reduction was contractually required, in March 1995 the Company
made a business  decision to reduce the balance  owed for the shares to $37,500,
which was subsequently  paid.  Included in stockholders'  equity at December 31,
1994, is a subscription receivable balance of $37,500, representing the adjusted
remaining subscription price receivable.

     On October 31,  1995 the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  ("Financing
Agreement")  with the Robert S. Dorfman  Company,  Inc.  ("Dorfman")  to provide
investment banking services for the Company.  In connection  therewith,  Dorfman
was  granted a warrant to  purchase  20,000  shares of common  stock at $.01 per
share.  In  addition,  Dorfman  will be issued  warrants  to  purchase  up to an
additional  80,000 shares of common stock at $.01 per share  contingent upon the
completion  of  certain  financing  proposals  as  specified  in  the  Financing
Agreement.  This offering was exempt from registration  pursuant to Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



                                      II-2



ITEM 27. EXHIBITS

     Registrant hereby  incorporates by reference the following  documents filed
as part of the S-18 Registration  Statement of the Company's securities declared
effective on April 13, 1987 (File No. 3-9556B).

     3(a) Certificate of Incorporation.

     3(b) By-Laws.

     4(a) Form of Unit Warrant.

     4(b) Amended Form of Underwriter's Option.

     4(c) 1986 Key Employees and Key Personnel Stock Option Plan.

     4(d) 1987 Key Employees and Key Personnel Stock Option Plan.

     10(i) Agreement between the Company and AT&T.


     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the  Registrant's  Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31, 1988, on
Form 10-K:

     10.5  Amendment to the 1986 Key Employees  and Key  Personnel  Stock Option
           plan  previously   filed  as  Exhibit  No.  4(c)  in  the  Form  S-18
           Registration  Statement of Farmstead  Telephone Group,  Inc. declared
           effective on April 3, 1987.

     10.6  Amendment to the 1987 Key Employees  and Key  Personnel  Stock Option
           Plan  previously   filed  as  Exhibit  No.  4(d)  in  the  Form  S-18
           Registration  Statement of Farmstead  Telephone Group,  Inc. declared
           effective on April 13, 1987.


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of the S-3  Registration  Statement of the  Company's  securities  declared
effective on July 3, 1991 (File No. 33-41442):

     4     Form of Private Placement Warrant

     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the  Registrant's  Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31, 1991, on
Form 10-K:

     10.12 Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Farmstead
           Telephone Group, Inc. dated July 10, 1991.

 

                                      II-3


     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the Form S-3 Registration  Statement of the Company's  securities  declared
effective on October 29, 1992 (Registration No. 33-50432):

     4(a)   Resolutions  adopted by Unanimous  Written  Consent of the Company's
            Board Of  Directors  dated  as of July 9,  1992,  amending  terms of
            Warrants and Underwriter's Options.

   
     10(e)  Agreement  dated June 25,  1992,  between  the  Company and The Wall
            Street Group, Inc.


     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1992:

     4(e)   1992 Stock Option Plan.


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed May 13, 1993 (Registration No.
33-62574):

     4.1    Consulting  Agreement  between  Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. and
            Universal Solutions, Inc. dated as of March 30, 1993.

     4.2    Consulting  Agreement  between  Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. and
            Investors Resource Services, Inc. dated as of March 30, 1993.


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993:

     10.16  Revolving Credit and Security Agreement between Fleet Bank, N.A. and
            Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc. dated August 27, 1993.

     10.17  Revolving Credit Note dated August 27, 1993, in the principal amount
            of $750,000.


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of Form 8-K dated February 9, 1994:

     2.1    Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  January 24, 1994,  by and between
            Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc. and Cobotyx Corporation, Inc.

     2.2    Promissory   Note  dated  January  24,  1994,   payable  to  Cobotyx
            Corporation, Inc.


                                      II-4


     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1993:

     10.20  Summary compensation arrangements for named executives.1


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of  Amendment  No. 1, dated March 28, 1994,  to Form 8-K dated  February 9,
1994:

     2.3    Cobotyx  Corporation,  Inc. Financial  Statements as of December 31,
            1992 and 1991, Together With Auditors' Report.

     2.4    Cobotyx  Corporation,  Inc. Financial  Statements as of December 31,
            1991, Together With Auditors' Report.


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part  of  the  Form  SB-2   Registration   Statement   dated  December  8,  1994
(Registration No. 33-87134):

     10.1   Subscription  Agreement between Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. and
            Universal Solutions, Inc., dated April 18, 1994 ("USI Agreement").

     10.1.1 Amendment No. 1 to USI Agreement.

     10.2   Subscription  Agreement between Farmstead  Telephone Group, Inc. and
            Pyramid Holdings, Inc. dated April 18, 1994 ("PHI Agreement").

     10.2.1 Amendment No. 1 to PHI Agreement.

     10.3   Agreement between Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc. and HIA Ltd. dated
            April 19, 1994. (Terminated)

     Registrant  hereby  incorporates  by reference to following  exhibits filed
with the  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
31, 1995:

     10.1   Letter  Agreement  dated  March 11,  1996  amending  the  Commercial
            Revolving  Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated June 5, 1995 between
            Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc. and  Affiliated  Business  Credit
            Corporation

     10.4   Employment Contract for George J. Taylor, Jr.

     21     Subsidiaries of Small Business Issuer.

- ------------
  1  Confidential information is omitted and identified by a * and filed 
    separately with the SEC.



                                      II-5


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of Amendment No. 1 to Form SB-2  Registration  Statement  dated January 21,
1995 (Registration No. 33-87134):

     10.5   Consulting Agreements with Hansen Associates.

     10.6   Agreement  between  Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc.  and  Taikang
            Telecommunication Technology Company, dated November 15, 1994.

     10.7   Stock Purchase Agreement between Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc. and
            DW International Ltd., dated December 31, 1994.


     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
31, 1994:

     10.1   Agreement  dated  March 8, 1995,  by and among  Farmstead  Telephone
            Group,  Inc.,  Taikang   Telecommunication   Technology  Company  of
            Planning  and  Research  Institute  of the  Ministry  of  Posts  and
            Telecommunications,  Comprehensive  Service  Development  Center  of
            Great  Hall  of  the  People,   and  Asia-Pacific   Services,   Inc.
            (Terminated)

     10.2   Letter  of  Intent  dated  March 8,  1995,  by and  among  Farmstead
            Telephone Group, Inc., Taikang Telecommunication  Technology Company
            of Planning  and  Research  Institute  of the  Ministry of Posts and
            Telecommunications,  Comprehensive Service Development Center of the
            Great  Hall  of  the  People,   and  Asia-Pacific   Services,   Inc.
            (Terminated)

     10.3   Summary compensation arrangements for Named Executive.


     Registrant hereby incorporates by reference the following exhibits filed as
part of Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1995:

     10.1   Employment  Agreement  for  Peter S.  Buswell  dated  May 19,  1995.
            (Terminated)

     10.2   Commercial  Revolving Loan and Security Credit  Agreement dated June
            5, 1995,  between  Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc. and Affiliated
            Business Credit Corporation.

     10.3   Contract for Beijing Antai Communication Equipment Corporation Ltd.,
            dated September 23, 1992.


     Registrant  hereby  incorporates by reference the following  exhibits filed
with the  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
31, 1995:


                                      II-6



     10.1   Letter  Agreement  dated March 11,  1996,  amending  the  Commercial
            Revolving  Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated June 5, 1995 between
            Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc. and  Affiliated  Business  Credit
            Corporation.

     11     Earnings per share calculation.

     21     Subsidiaries of Small Business Issuer.

     Registrant  hereby  incorporates  by reference the following  exhibit filed
with the  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB for the  quarter  ended
March 31, 1996:

     11     Earnings per share calculation.

     The following exhibits are filed herewith:

     1.1    Form of Standby Underwriting Agreement.

     1.2    Form of Selected Dealers Agreement.

     3(a)   Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation.*

     4.1    Specimen Warrant Certificate.*

     4.2    Form  of  Underwriter's   Warrant   Agreement   (including  Form  of
            Underwriter's Warrant.

     4.3    Form of Warrant Agreement (including Form of Warrant).*

     5      Opinion re: legality.

     10.1   Form of Underwriter's Consulting Agreement

     23(a)  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

     23(b)  Consent of Heller,  Horowitz & Feit,  P.C. (included in the  Opinion
            filed as Exhibit 5.1).
     ________________
     * To be filed by amendment.
     
ITEM 28.    UNDERTAKINGS.

            The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) To file,  during any period in which it offers or sells  securities,  a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

     (i)    Include  any  prospectus   required  by  section   10(a)(3)  of  the
            Securities Act;

     (ii)   Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or
            together,  represent a fundamental  change in the information in the
            registration statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase
            or decrease  in volume of  securities  offered (if the total  dollar
            value  of  securities  offered  would  not  exceed  that  which  was
            registered)  and any  deviation  from  the  low or  high  end of the
            estimated maximum offering


                                      II-7

            range  may be  reflected  in  form  of  prospectus  filed  with  the
            Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(ss.  230.424(b) of this chapter)
            if, in the aggregate,  the changes in volume and price  represent no
            more than a 20% change in the maximum  aggregate  offering price set
            forth  in  the  "Calculation  of  Registration  fee"  table  in  the
            effective registration statement; and

    (iii)   Include any additional or changed  material  information on the plan
            of distribution.

     (2) For  determining  liability  under the  Securities  Act,  to treat each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

     (3) To file a post-effective  amendment to remove from  registration any of
the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling
persons of the small business  issuer pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act and is, therefore unenforceable.

     In the event  that a claim for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities
(other than the payment by the small business  issuer of expenses  incurred paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the small business issuer in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

     For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, the small business
issuer will treat the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as
part of this registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
a form of prospectus filed by the small business issuer under Rule 424(b)(1), or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as
of the time the Commission declared it effective.


                                      II-8


                                   SIGNATURES


     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements of filing on Form SB-2 and has authorized this  registration
statement  or amendment  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of East Hartford and State of Connecticut on the 29th day of May, 1996.


                                   FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.


                                   By:/s/ George J. Taylor, Jr.
                                      -------------------------------------- 
                                      George J. Taylor, Jr., Chairman,
                                      Chief Executive Officer and
                                      President (Principal Executive Officer)

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this
registration  statement or amendment was signed by the following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated:


 SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                          DATE
 ---------                                  -----                          ----


 /s/George J. Taylor, Jr.           Chairman, Chief Executive       May 29, 1996
- -------------------------                                           -----------
 George J. Taylor, Jr.              Officer, and President
                                     (Principal Executive Officer)

 /s/Robert G. LaVigne               Vice President-Finance          May 29, 1996
- -------------------------                                           -----------
 Robert G. LaVigne                  Secretary and Director
                                     (Principal Financial
                                      and Accounting Officer)

 /s/Harold L. Hansen                       Director                 May 29, 1996
- -------------------------                                           -----------
 Harold L. Hansen



 /s/Hugh M. Taylor                         Director                 May 29, 1996
- -------------------------                                           -----------
 Hugh M. Taylor



 /s/Joseph J. Kelley                       Director                 May 29, 1996
- -------------------------                                           -----------
 Joseph J. Kelley
                                                


                                      II-9



                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

                                 1,000,000 UNITS
                                    EACH UNIT
                                  CONSISTING OF
                            ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
                                       AND
                         ONE CLASS A REDEEMABLE WARRANT
                         ONE CLASS B REDEEMABLE WARRANT


                         STANDBY UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 1996

SCHNEIDER SECURITIES, INC.
104 Broadway
Denver, CO  80203

DEAR SIRS:

    Farmstead  Telephone  Group,  Inc. (the  "Company") a Delaware  corporation,
proposes to grant to its  shareholders  of record,  rights to purchase up to one
million units each unit  consisting  of one share of common  stock,  one class A
redeemable  warrant and one class B redeemable  warrant (the "Rights Offering ")
and to issue and to sell to Schneider  Securities,  Inc. (the "Underwriter") any
and all units not sold during the Rights Offering (the "Units") from the Company
and to resell  the Units to the  public.  This  standby  underwriting  agreement
describes the arrangements  between the Company and the Underwriter with respect
to the purchase by the Underwriter of the Units. The Company hereby confirms the
agreement  made by it with  respect to the  purchase  of the  Securities  by the
Underwriter,  which  Securities  are more fully  described  in the  Registration
Statement referred to below.

    You have  advised  the  Company  that the  Underwriter  desires  to act on a
standby firm commitment  basis to publicly offer and sell the Securities for the
Company  and that you are  authorized  to execute  this  Agreement.  The Company
confirms  the  agreement  made by it with respect to the  relationship  with the
Underwriters as follows:

         1. Filing of  Registration  Statement with S.E.C.  and  Definitions.  A
Registration  Statement and  Prospectus on Form SB-2 (File No. ) with respect to
the  Securities  has been  carefully and  accurately  prepared by the Company in
conformity with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"),  and the published rules and regulations  (the "Rules and  Regulations")
thereunder  or under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the
"Exchange  Act") and has been filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") and such other states that the Underwriter deems necessary in
its  discretion to so file to permit a public  offering and trading  thereunder.
Such  registration  statement,  including  the  prospectus,  Part  II,  and  all
financial  schedules and exhibits thereto,  as amended at the time when it shall
become effective, is herein referred to as the "Registration Statement," and the
prospectus  included  as part of the  Registration  Statement  on file  with the
Commission  that  discloses  all the  information  that  was  omitted  from  the
prospectus  on the  effective  date  pursuant  to Rule  430 A of the  Rules  and
Regulations  with  any  changes  contained  in any  prospectus  filed  with  the
Commission  by the Company with the  Underwriter's  consent  after the effective
date  of the  Registration  Statement,  is  herein  referred  to as  the  "Final
Prospectus." The prospectus  included as part of the  Registration  Statement of
the Company and in any  amendments  thereto prior to the  effective  date of the
Registration Statement is referred to herein as a "Preliminary Prospectus."



      2.   Discount, Delivery, and Sale of the Securities.

    (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  and on the basis
of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein contained, the Company
agrees  to sell to,  and the  Underwriter  agree to buy  from the  Company  at a
purchase price of $   per Unit before any underwriter expense allowance, all the
Units  agreed to be  purchased  upon tender to the  Underwriter  of all Units in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Unit will consist of one share
of Common Stock,  and one Class A Reedamable  Warrant and one Class B Redeemable
Warrant and will be purchased on a firm commitment basis.

    It is understood that the Underwriter  propose to offer the Securities to be
purchased hereunder to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the
Registration Statement, after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

    Subject  to market and other  conditions  at the time of the  offering,  the
Underwriter  anticipates  that the public offering price of the units (the "Unit
Price" or the "Public  Offering Price") will be equal to the average closing bid
price over the preceding  10-day period (as adjusted for the one for ten reverse
stock  split) for the  company's  common  stock as shown on the NASDAQ Small Cap
Market on the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  of the  Offering
defined herein. The Units not previously  exercised by the Shareholders  through
the Rights Offering will be purchased by the Underwriter at a discount  purchase
price per Unit of 10% of the Unit price as  described  above;  in  addition  the
Company shall pay the Underwriter a  non-accountable  expense allowance equal to
3% of the Unit offering price.

    The Rights  Offering  will remain open until five  o'clock  (5:00 PM) on the
business day that is, or is next succeeding,  the date which is thirty (30) days
after the effective date of the Company's  registration  with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  relating to the Rights Offering (the "Expiration Date") at
which time the Rights  Offering  will end. The rights will not be  transferable.
After the Rights Offering the Underwriter  proposes to make a public offering of
the Units at the price to the public set forth in the Prospectus.  Such selected
dealers will be authorized to reallow  discounts  upon sales to other dealers as
set forth in the prospectus.  The price to the public,  the discount to selected
dealers  and the  maximum  reallowance  to other  dealers  may be changed by the
Underwriter from time to time after the public offering.

    In the event that the Company  receives  proceeds from the  subscriptions by
its shareholders in the Rights Offering in an amount of Two Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or greater, the Underwriter shall be entitled to a
structuring fee of One Hundred Thirty-Thousand  ($130,000) and in the event that
the company receives  proceeds from the subscriptions by its shareholders in the
Rights  Offering  in an amount  equal to or  greater  than Two  Million  Dollars
($2,000,000)   but  less  than  Two  Million  Five  Hundred   Thousand   Dollars
($2,500,00),  the  Underwriter  shall be  entitled to a  structuring  fee of One
Hundred  Ten  Thousand  Dollars  ($110,000)  and in the event  that the  Company
receives  proceeds  from the  subscriptions  by its  shareholders  in the Rights
Offering in an amount equal to One Million Five  Hundred  Thousand  ($1,500,000)
but less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) the Underwriter shall be entitled
to a structuring fee of eighty-five  thousand dollars ($85,000) and in the event
that  the  proceeds  received  by the  Company  from  the  subscriptions  by its
shareholders  in the  Rights  Offering  in an  amount  equal to or less than One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000), the Underwriter shall be entitled to a structuring
fee of Fifty-five Thousand Dollars ($55,000).


         (b) Delivery of the  Securities  against  payment  therefor  shall take
place at the  offices of the  clearing  broker for the  Underwriter  at New York
City,  within five (5)  business  days after the  effective  date (or such other
place as may be  designated  by agreement  between you and the Company) at 11:00
A.M.,  New York time or such time and date as you and the Company may agree upon
in writing,  such time and date of payment and delivery for the Securities being
herein called the "Initial Closing Date."


                                       2

    The Company will make the certificates for the Units representing the shares
of Common  Stock and  Redeemable  Warrants to be  purchased  by the  Underwriter
hereunder available to the Underwriter for inspection and packaging at least one
(1) full business days prior to the Initial Closing Date. The certificates shall
be in such names and denominations as the Underwriter may request to the Company
in writing at least two (2) full business days prior to any Closing Date.

    (c) In addition,  subject to the terms and  conditions of this Agreement and
on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained,
the Company grants an option to the  Underwriter to purchase up to an additional
150,000  Units  ("Option  Securities")  at  the  same  terms  per  Unit  as  the
Underwriters  shall pay for the  initial  securities  being sold by the  Company
pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(a) hereof.  This option may be exercised
from time to time, for the purpose of covering overallotments, within forty-five
(45) days after (i) the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  if the
Company has elected not to rely on Rule 430A under the Rules and  Regulations or
(ii) the date of this  Agreement  if the  Company  has elected to rely upon Rule
430A under the Rules and  Regulations,  upon written  notice by the  Underwriter
setting  forth the number of Option  Securities as to which the  Underwriter  is
exercising the option and the time and date at which such certificates are to be
delivered.  Such time and date shall be determined by the  Underwriter but shall
not be earlier  than four (4) nor later than ten (10) full  business  days after
the  date of the exercise of said option.  Nothing  herein  shall  obligate  the
Underwriter to make any overallotment.

    (d)  Definitive  certificates  in negotiable  form for the  Securities to be
purchased by the  Underwriter  hereunder will be delivered at the closing by the
Company  to the  Underwriters  against  payment  of the  purchase  price  by the
Underwriters by certified or bank cashier's  checks or wire transfer in next day
funds payable to the order of the Company.

    (e)  The  information  set  forth  under  "Underwriting"  in any  Prospectus
relating  to the  Securities  proposed  to be  filed  by the  Company  with  the
Commission  (states  designated by the Underwriter  (insofar as such information
relates to the Underwriters))  constitutes the only information furnished by the
Underwriter to the Company for inclusion therein,  and you represent and warrant
to the Company that the statements made therein are correct.

    (f) On the Initial  Closing  Date,  the Company  shall issue and sell to the
Underwriter,  warrants (the  "Underwriter's  Warrants")  at a purchase  price of
$.001 per  Underwriter's  Warrant,  which shall  entitle the holders  thereof to
purchase  that the number of Units of the Company which equals ten percent (10%)
of the total number of Units purchased by the  Underwriter  under this Agreement
and sold to the public  exclusive  of the  Over-allotment  Units or one  hundred
thousand Units,  whichever is greater. The shares of Common Stock and Redeemable
Warrants issuable upon the exercise of the Underwriter's  Warrants are hereafter
referred to as the  "Underwriter's  Securities" or "Underwriter's  Warrant." The
shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the  Redeemable  Warrants are
hereinafter  referred to collectively as the "Warrant Shares". The Underwriter's
Warrants shall be exercisable for a period of four (4) years  commencing one (1)
year from the effective date of the  Registration  Statement at a price equaling
one hundred forty percent  (140%) of the initial  public  offering  price of the
Units.  The form and terms of the  Underwriter's  Warrant  Certificate  shall be
substantially  in the form filed as an Exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement.
Payment for the  Underwriter's  Warrants  shall be made on the  Initial  Closing
Date.

3.    Representations and Warranties of the Company.

(a)     The Company represents and warrants to you as follows:

(i) The  Company  has  prepared  and filed with the  Commission  a  registration
statement,  and an  amendment  or  amendments  thereto,  on Form  SB-2  (No.  ),
including any related preliminary prospectus ("Preliminary Prospectus"), for the
registration of the  Securities,  the  Underwriter's  Securities and the Warrant
Shares   (sometimes   referred  to  herein   collectively   as  the  "Registered
Securities"),  under the Act,  which  registration  statement  and  amendment or
amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements
of the Act,  and the Rules and  Regulations.  The Company will  promptly  file a
further  amendment  to  said  registration  statement  in  the  form  heretofore
delivered to the Underwriter  and will not file any other  amendment  thereto to
which the


                                       3

Underwriter  shall have  objected  verbally  or in  writing  after  having  been
furnished with a copy thereof. Except as the context may otherwise require, such
registration  statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the
registration  statement becomes effective  (including the prospectus,  financial
statements,  schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof
or  incorporated  therein  (including,  but not  limited to those  documents  or
information  incorporated by reference therein) and all information deemed to be
a part thereof as of such time  pursuant to paragraph  (b) of Rule 430(A) of the
Rules and Regulations),  is hereinafter called the "Registration Statement," and
the form of prospectus in the form first filed with the  Commission  pursuant to
Rule  424(b)  of  the  Rules  and   Regulations,   is  hereinafter   called  the
"Prospectus."

    (ii) Neither the  Commission nor any state  regulatory  authority has issued
any order preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or the Registration
Statement or any part of any thereof and no proceeding  for an order  suspending
the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  or  any  of  the  Company's
securities has been instituted or is pending or threatened. Each such Prospectus
and/or any  supplement  thereto has conformed in all material  respects with the
requirements  of the Act and the Rules and  Regulations  and on its date did not
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  in  light of the
circumstances  under  which  they were  made;  and when the  Prospectus  becomes
legally  effective  and for  twenty-five  (25) days  subsequent  thereto (i) the
Prospectus  and/or any supplement  thereto will contain all statements which are
required to be stated therein by the Act and Rules and Regulations, and (ii) the
Prospectus  and/or any supplement  thereto will not include any untrue statement
of a material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  in light of
the  circumstances  under  which  they were  made;  provided,  however,  that no
representations,  warranties or agreements  are made hereunder as to information
contained in or omitted from the  Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity
with,  the written  information  furnished to the Company by you as set forth in
Section 2(e) above.

    (iii)The  Company has been duly  incorporated  and is validly  existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation,  with
full power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct
its  businesses  as  described  in the  Prospectus  and is duly  qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in
which the nature of its business or the character or location of its  properties
requires  such  qualification,  except where the failure to so qualify would not
have a material adverse effect on the business,  properties or operations of the
Company and the subsidiaries as a whole.

    (iv) The Company has full legal right,  power and  authority  to  authorize,
issue,  deliver  and  sell  the  Securities,   the  Option  Securities  and  the
Underwriter's  Securities and to enter into this  Agreement,  the  Underwriter's
Warrant  dated as of the initial  closing date to be exercised  and delivered by
the Company to the Underwriter (the "Underwriter's Warrant Agreement"),  and the
financial  advisory and  investment  banking  agreement  dated as of the Initial
Closing  Date  between  the  Company  and  the  Underwriter   (the   "Consulting
Agreement"), and to consummate the transactions provided for in such agreements,
and each of such  agreements has been duly and properly  authorized,  and on the
Initial  Closing  Date will be duly and properly  executed and  delivered by the
Company.  This Agreement constitutes and on the Initial Closing Date each of the
Underwriter's   Warrant  Agreement  and  the  Consulting   Agreement  will  then
constitute  valid and binding  agreements,  enforceable in accordance with their
respective  terms  (except  as the  enforceability  thereof  may be  limited  by
bankruptcy or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors  generally or
by general equitable principles and except as the enforcement of indemnification
provisions may be limited by federal or state securities laws).

   (v) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company is not in violation of
its respective  certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws or in default
in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant
or condition contained in any material bond,  debenture,  note or other evidence
of  indebtedness  or  in  any  material  contract,  indenture,   mortgage,  loan
agreement, lease, joint venture, partnership or other agreement or instrument to
which the  Company is a party or by which it may be bound or is not in  material
violation of any law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction or decree of any
governmental  instrumentality or court,  domestic or foreign;  and the execution
and delivery of this Agreement,  the Representative's  Warrant Agreement and the
Consulting  Agreement,  and the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
therein  and in the  Prospectus  and  compliance  with the  terms  of each  such
agreement will not conflict  with, or result in a material  breach of any of the
terms,

                                       4

conditions or provisions of, or constitute a material  default under,  or result
in the  imposition of any material lien,  charge or encumbrance  upon any of the
property or assets of the Company  pursuant  to, any material  bond,  debenture,
note or other  evidence of  indebtedness  or any material  contract,  indenture,
mortgage, loan agreement,  lease, joint venture,  partnership or other agreement
or instrument to which the Company is a party nor will such action result in the
material  violation by the Company of any of the  provisions  of its  respective
certificate  or articles of  incorporation  or bylaws or any law,  order,  rule,
regulation,   writ,   injunction,   decree  of  any   government,   governmental
instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign,  except where such violation will
not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.

    (vi) The authorized,  issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is
as  set  forth  in the  Prospectus  and  the  Company  will  have  the  adjusted
capitalization  set forth therein on the Initial Closing Date; all of the shares
of issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of the Company set forth therein have
been duly authorized,  validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable;  the
holders thereof do not have any rights of rescission  with respect  therefor and
are not  subject to personal  liability  for any  obligations  of the Company by
reason of being stockholders under the laws of the State in which the Company is
incorporated; none of such outstanding capital stock is subject to or was issued
in violation  of any  preemptive  or similar  rights of any  stockholder  of the
Company; and such capital stock (including the Securities, the Option Securities
and the Representative's Securities) conforms to all statements relating thereto
contained in the Prospectus.

    (vii)The Company is not a party to or bound by any instrument,  agreement or
other arrangement providing for it to issue any capital stock, rights, warrants,
options or other  securities,  except for this  Agreement or as described in the
Prospectus.   The  Securities,  the  Option  Securities  and  the  Underwriter's
Securities  are not and will not be subject to any  preemptive  or other similar
rights of any stockholder,  have been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for
and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description thereof contained in
the Prospectus;  the holders thereof will not be subject to any liability solely
as  such  holders;   all  corporate   action   required  to  be  taken  for  the
authorization,  issue and sale of the Securities,  the Option Securities and the
Underwriter's  Securities has been duly and validly taken;  and the certificates
representing  the  Securities,  the  Option  Securities  and  the  Underwriter's
Securities  will be in due and  proper  form.  Upon the  issuance  and  delivery
pursuant to the terms hereof of the  Securities,  the Option  Securities and the
Underwriter's  Securities to be sold by the Company  hereunder,  the Underwriter
will acquire good and marketable title to such Securities, Option Securities and
Underwriter's Securities free and clear of any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance,
pledge,  security  interest,  defect or other restriction of any kind whatsoever
other than restrictions as may be imposed under the securities laws.

    (viii) The  Company  has good and  defensible  title to all  properties  and
assets  described in the Prospectus as owned by it, free and clear of all liens,
charges, encumbrances or restrictions,  except such as are described or referred
to in the  Prospectus or which are not  materially  significant  or important in
relation to its business or which have been  incurred in the ordinary  course of
business;  except as described in the Prospectus all of the leases and subleases
under which the Company  holds  properties  or assets as lessee or  sublessee as
described in the Prospectus are in full force and effect, and the Company is not
in material  default in respect of any of the terms or provisions of any of such
leases or  subleases,  and no claim has been  asserted by anyone  adverse to the
Company's  rights as lessor,  sublessor,  lessee or  sublessee  under any of the
leases or subleases  mentioned  above or affecting or questioning  the Company's
right to the continued  possession of the leased or subleased premises or assets
under any such  lease or  sublease;  and the  Company  owns or  leases  all such
properties  as  are  necessary  to  its  operations  as  now  conducted  and  as
contemplated to be conducted, except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus.

    (ix) The financial statements, together with related notes, set forth in the
Prospectus  fairly  present the financial  position and results of operations of
the Company at the respective dates and for the respective periods to which they
apply.  Said  statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles applied on a basis which is consistent
in all material respects during the periods involved but any stub period has not
been audited by an independent accounting firm. There has been no adverse change
or development  involving a prospective  change in the  condition,  financial or
otherwise,.  or in the  prospects,  value,  operation,  properties,  business or
results of  operations  of the Company  whether or not  arising in the  ordinary
course of business,  since the date of the financial  statements included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.


                                       5

         Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is given in
the Prospectus as it may be amended or supplemented,  and except as described in
the  Prospectus,  the Company  has not,  directly or  indirectly,  incurred  any
liabilities or obligations,  direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of
business  or  entered  into  any  transactions  not in the  ordinary  course  of
business, which are material to the business of the Company as a whole and there
has not been any change in the capital stock of, or any  incurrence of long term
debts by, the Company or any issuance of options, warrants or rights to purchase
the capital  stock of the Company or  declaration  or payment of any dividend on
the capital stock of the Company or any material adverse change in the condition
(financial  or other),  net worth or results of  operations  of the Company as a
whole and the Company has not become a party to, any material litigation whether
or not in the ordinary course of business.

           There is no pending or  threatened,  action,  suit or  proceeding  to
which the Company is a party  before or by any court or  governmental  agency or
body,  which  might  result in any  material  adverse  change  in the  condition
(financial  or other),  business or prospects of the Company as a whole or might
materially  and  adversely  affect the  properties or assets of the Company as a
whole  nor are there any  actions,  suits or  proceedings  against  the  Company
related to environmental  matters or related to  discrimination  on the basis of
age, sex,  religion or race;  and no labor  disturbance  by the employees of the
Company  individually  exists or is, to the  knowledge of the Company,  imminent
which might be expected to materially  and  adversely  affect the conduct of the
business, property,  operations,  financial condition or earnings of the Company
as a whole.

     (xii)  Except  as may be  disclosed  in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  has
properly  prepared and filed all  necessary  federal,  state,  local and foreign
income and franchise tax returns,  has paid all taxes shown as due thereon,  has
established  adequate reserves for such taxes which are not yet due and payable,
and does not have any tax deficiency or claims outstanding, proposed or assessed
against it.

    (xiii) The Company has sufficient licenses,  permits,  right to use trade or
service marks and other governmental  authorizations  currently required for the
conduct  of its  business  as now  being  conducted  and as  contemplated  to be
conducted  and the  Company is in all  material  respects  complying  therewith.
Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,  the  expiration  of any such  licenses,
permits,  or other governmental  authorizations  would not materially affect the
Company's operations.  To its knowledge, none of the activities or businesses of
the  Company are in material  violation  of, or cause the Company to  materially
violate any law, rule,  regulations,  or order of the United States,  any state,
county or  locality,  or of any  agency or body of the  United  States or of any
state, county or locality.

    (xiv)The  Company  has not at any time (i)  made  any  contributions  to any
candidate for political  office in violation of law, or failed to disclose fully
any such contribution, or (ii) made any payment to any state, federal or foreign
governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or
quasipublic duties, other than payments required or allowed by applicable law.

    (xv) On each  closing  date,  all transfer or other taxes (other than income
taxes) which may be required to be paid in connection with the sale and issuance
of the Securities,  the Option Securities and the Underwriter's  Securities will
have been fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws  imposing  such
taxes will have been fully complied with.

    (xvi)Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  the  Company  knows  of no
outstanding  claims  for  services  either  in the  nature  of a  finder's  fee,
brokerage fee or otherwise  with respect to this financing for which the Company
or the  Underwriters may be responsible,  or which may affect the  Underwriter's
compensation  as determined by the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  ("NASD")  except as otherwise  disclosed in the Prospectus or known by the
Underwriters.

    (xvii) The Company  has its  property  adequately  insured  against  loss or
damage by fire and maintains such other  insurance as is customarily  maintained
by companies in the same or similar business.

             The  Underwriter's  Warrants herein  described are duly and validly
authorized and upon delivery to the  Representative in accordance  herewith will
be duly issued and legal, valid and binding  obligations of the Company,


                                       6

except as the  enforceability  thereof  may be  limited by  bankruptcy  or other
similar  laws  affecting  the  rights of  creditors  generally  or by  equitable
principles,  and except as the enforcement of indemnification  provisions may be
limited by federal or state securities laws.

    (xix)The  Underwriter's  Securities  issuable  upon  exercise  of any of the
Underwriter's  Warrants have been duly authorized,  and when issued upon payment
of the  exercise  price  therefor,  will  be  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.

    (xx)  Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,  no default  exists in the due
performance  and  observance of any term,  covenant or condition of any license,
contract, indenture, mortgage, installment sale agreement, lease, deed of trust,
voting trust agreement,  stockholders agreement, note, loan or credit agreement,
purchase order,  or any other  agreement or instrument  evidencing an obligation
for borrowed money,  or any other material  agreement or instrument to which the
Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which the property
or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company is subject or affected.

    (xxi) The Company has  generally  enjoyed a  satisfactory  employer-employee
relationship  with  its  employees  and,  to the  best of its  knowledge,  is in
substantial compliance in all material respects with all federal,  state, local,
and foreign laws and regulations respecting employment and employment practices,
terms and  conditions  of employment  and wages and hours.  There are no pending
investigations  involving the Company,  by the U.S.  Department of Labor, or any
other  governmental  agency  responsible  for the  enforcement  of such federal,
state, local, or foreign laws and regulations. There is no unfair labor practice
charge or  complaint  against  the Company  pending  before the  National  Labor
Relations Board or any strike, picketing, boycott, dispute, slowdown or stoppage
pending or  threatened  against or  involving  the Company,  or any  predecessor
entity, and none has ever occurred. No representation question exists respecting
the  employees  of  the  Company,  and no  collective  bargaining  agreement  or
modification  thereof is currently being negotiated by the Company. No grievance
or arbitration proceeding is pending or threatened under any expired or existing
collective  bargaining  agreements  of the  Company.  No labor  dispute with the
employees of the Company exists,  or, is imminent;  and the Company is not aware
of any existing or imminent  labor  disturbance  by the  employees of any of its
principal  suppliers,  manufacturers  or  contractors  which  may  result in any
material  adverse  change in the  condition,  financial or otherwise,  or in the
earnings, business affairs, position,  prospects, value, operation,  properties,
business or results of operations of the Company.

         (xxii) Except as may be set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  the
Company does not maintain,  sponsor or contribute to any program or  arrangement
that is an "employee  pension benefit plan," an "employee welfare benefit plan,"
or a  "multiemployer  plan" as such terms are defined in Sections 3(2), 3(l) and
3(37), respectively,  of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA Plans").  The Company does not maintain or contribute,
now or at any time previously,  to a defined benefit plan, as defined in Section
3(35) of ERISA. No ERISA Plan (or any trust created thereunder) has engaged in a
"prohibited  transaction"  within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"),  which could subject the Company
to any tax penalty on prohibited  transactions and which has not adequately been
corrected.  Each  ERISA  Plan is in  compliance  with  all  material  reporting,
disclosure  and other  requirements  of the Code and ERISA as they relate to any
such ERISA Plan.  Determination  letters  have been  received  from the Internal
Revenue Service with respect to each ERISA Plan which is intended to comply with
Code Section 401 (a),  stating that such ERISA Plan and the attendant  trust are
qualified  thereunder.  The Company has never completely or partially  withdrawn
from a "multiemployer plan."

    (xxiii)  None  of  the  Company,   or  any  of  its  employees,   directors,
stockholders,  or affiliates  (within the meaning of the Rules and  Regulations)
has taken or will take, directly or indirectly,  any action designed to or which
has  constituted  or which might be  expected  to cause or result in,  under the
Exchange Act, or otherwise,  stabilization  or  manipulation of the price of any
security  of the  Company to  facilitate  the sale or resale of the  Securities,
Option Securities, Underwriter's Securities or otherwise.

    (xxiv) None of the patents, patent applications,  trademarks, service marks,
trade names,  copyrights,  and licenses  and rights to the  foregoing  presently
owned or held by the  Company,  are in dispute or, to the best  knowledge of the
Company's  management  are in any conflict with the right of any other person or
entity.  The Company (i)


                                       7

except as disclosed  in the  Prospectus  owns or has the right to use,  free and
clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances,  pledges, security interests,
defects or other  restrictions or equities of any kind whatsoever,  all patents,
trademarks,  service marks, trade names and copyrights,  technology and licenses
and rights with respect to the foregoing, used in the conduct of its business as
now conducted or proposed to be conducted  without  infringing upon or otherwise
acting  adversely to the right or claimed  right of any person,  corporation  or
other entity under or with  respect to any of the  foregoing,  and (H) except as
set  forth in the  Prospectus  or  otherwise  disclosed  to the  Underwriter  in
writing,  to the best knowledge of the Company's  management is not obligated or
under any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of royalties, fees or
otherwise  to any  owner or  licensee  of, or other  claimant  to,  any  patent,
trademark,  service mark, trade name, copyright,  know-how,  technology or other
intangible  asset,  with  respect to the use thereof or in  connection  with the
conduct of its business or otherwise.

     (xxv) Except as disclosed  in the  Prospectus  the Company owns and has the
unrestricted right to use to the best knowledge of the Company's  management all
trade secrets,  know-how  (including all other  unpatented  and/or  unpatentable
proprietary or confidential  information,  systems or  procedures),  inventions,
designs,  processes,  works of authorship,  computer programs and technical data
and information  (collectively herein  "intellectual  property") required for or
incident to the development, manufacture, operation and sale of all products and
services  sold or  proposed  to be sold by the  Company,  free and  clear of and
without  violating  any  right,  lien,  or claim of  others,  including  without
limitation,  former  employers of its  employees;  provided,  however,  that the
possibility exists that other persons or entities,  completely  independently of
the Company or its employees or agents,  could have  developed  trade secrets or
items of technical information similar or identical to those of the Company. The
Company  is not aware of any such  development  of similar  or  identical  trade
secrets or technical  information  by others.  The Company has valid and binding
confidentiality  agreements with all of its officers,  directors,  employees and
consultants covering its intellectual  property (subject to the equitable powers
of any court),  which agreements have remaining terms of at least two years from
the effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  except where the failure to
have such  agreements  would not materially  and adversely  effect the Company's
business  taken as a whole.  The  Company has good and  marketable  title to, or
valid and  enforceable  leasehold  estates  in,  all items of real and  personal
property stated in the Prospectus, to be owned or leased by it free and clear of
all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances,  pledges, security interests, defects,
or other  restrictions  or  equities  of any kind  whatsoever,  other than those
referred to in the Prospectus and liens for taxes not yet due and payable.

    (xxvi)  whose  reports  are  filed  with  the  Commission  as a part  of the
Registration Statement, are independent certified public accountants as required
by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

     (xxvii)  The  Company has caused to be duly  executed  legally  binding and
enforceable  agreements  pursuant  to which the Company and to which each of the
Company's  officers  and  directors  and any  person or  entity  deemed to be an
affiliate of the Company  pursuant to the Rules and  Regulations  has agreed not
to, directly or indirectly,  sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any
shares  of  common  stock  or  securities   convertible  into,   exercisable  or
exchangeable for or evidencing any right to purchase or subscribe for any shares
of Common Stock  (either  pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and  Regulations  or
otherwise) for a period of not less than 13 months following such effective date
without  the prior  written  consent of the  Underwriter  and such  approval  if
granted,  then to be  extended  on a  pro-rata  basis  to all  other  restricted
shareholders.  The Company will cause the Transfer  Agent,  as defined below, to
mark an appropriate legend on the face of stock certificates representing all of
such  securities  and to place "stop  transfer"  orders on the  Company's  stock
ledgers.  The foregoing is  inapplicable  to  acquisitons  by the Company or the
issuance  of  common  stock   pursuant  to  warrants  and  options   outstanding
immediately prior to the closing.

      (xxviii)  The  Registered  Securities  have been  approved  for listing on
NASDAQ or an Exchange.

    (xxix) Except as set forth in the  Prospectus or disclosed in writing to the
Underwriter (which writing  specifically refers to this Section),  no officer or
director of the Company,  holder of 5% or more of  securities  of the Company or
any  "affiliate"  or  "associate"  (as  these  terms  are  defined  in Rule  405
promulgated  under the Rules and Regulations) of any of the foregoing persons or
entities has or has had, either  directly or indirectly,  (i) an interest in


                                       8

any person or entity which (A) furnishes or sells services or products which are
furnished or sold or are proposed to be furnished or sold by the Company, or (B)
purchases  from or sells or furnishes  to the Company any goods or services,  or
(ii) a beneficiary interest in any contract or agreement to which the Company is
a party or by which it may be bound  or  affected.  Except  as set  forth in the
Prospectus  under  "Certain   Transactions"  or  disclosed  in  writing  to  the
Underwriter  (which  writing  specifically  refers to this Section) there are no
existing agreements,  arrangements,  understandings or transactions, or proposed
agreements,  arrangements,  understandings or transactions, between or among the
Company, and any officer, director, principal stockholder of the Company, or any
partner, affiliate or associate of any of the foregoing persons or entities.

    (xxx)Any  certificate signed by any officer of the Company, and delivered to
the  Underwriter or to the  Underwriter's  counsel (as defined  herein) shall be
deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter as to the
matters covered thereby.

    (xxxi) Each of the minute  books of the Company has been made  available  to
the Underwriter  and contains a complete  summary of all meetings and actions of
the  directors  and  stockholders  of  the  Company,   since  the  time  of  its
incorporation  and  reflect  all  transactions   referred  to  in  such  minutes
accurately in all respects.

    (xxxii) As of the Initial  Closing  Date,  the  Company  will enter into the
Consulting  Agreement  substantially  in the  form  filed as an  Exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement with respect to the furnishing of consulting services by
the Underwriter to the Company.

    (xxxiii)  Except  and only to the  extent  described  in the  Prospectus  or
disclosed in writing to the Underwriter  (which writing  specifically  refers to
this  Section),  no holders of any  securities of the Company or of any options,
warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company have the
right to  include  any  securities  issued by the  Company  in the  Registration
Statement or any registration statement to be filed by the Company or to require
the  Company  to file a  registration  statement  under the Act and no person or
entity  holds any  anti-dilution  rights with respect to any  securities  of the
Company.  Except as  disclosed  in the  Prospectus,  all rights so  described or
disclosed  have  been  waived or have not been  triggered  with  respect  to the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  the Consulting  Agreement and the
Representative's Warrant Agreement (including the warrants issuable thereunder).

       (xxxiv) The Company has not entered into any employment  agreements  with
members of management, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

    (xxxv) No consent, approval,  authorization or order of, and no filing with,
any  court,  regulatory  body,  government  agency or other  body,  domestic  or
foreign,  is required for the issuance of the Registered  Securities pursuant to
the Prospectus and the Registration Statement, the issuance of the Underwriter's
Warrants, the performance of this Agreement, the underwriter's Warrant Agreement
and the  Consulting  Agreement,  and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby,  including  without  limitation,  any waiver of any  preemptive,  first
refusal or other  rights that any entity or person may have for the issue and/or
sale of any of the  Securities,  the  Option  Securities  and the  Underwriter's
Securities,  except  such  as  have  been or may be  obtained  under  the Act or
otherwise  or may be  required  under  state  securities  or  blue  sky  laws in
connection with the  Underwriter's  purchase and distribution of the Securities,
the  Option  Securities,  the  Underwriter's  Securities  and the  Underwriter's
Warrants to be sold by the Company hereunder.

    (xxxvi) All executed  agreements,  contracts or other documents or copies of
executed  agreements,  contracts  or other  documents  filed as  exhibits to the
Registration  Statement  to which the  Company  is a party or by which it may be
bound or to which its assets,  properties or businesses may be subject have been
duly  and  validly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Company  and
constitute the legal, valid and binding  agreements of the Company,  enforceable
against the Company, in accordance with their respective terms. The descriptions
in the Registration  Statement of agreements,  contracts and other documents are
accurate and fairly  present the  information  required to be shown with respect
thereto by Form SB-2,  and there are no contracts or other  documents  which are
required by the Act to be  described in the  Registration  Statement or filed as
exhibits  to the  Registration  Statement  which are not


                                       9

described  or filed as  required,  and the  exhibits  which  have been filed are
complete and correct copies of the documents of which they purport to be copies.

     (xxxvii) Within the past two (2) years,  none of the Company's  independent
public accountants has brought to the attention of the Company's  management any
"material  weakness" as defined in the Statement of Auditing  Standard No. 60 in
any of the Company's internal controls.

4.    Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees with you that:

    (a) It will cooperate in all respects in making the Prospectus effective and
will not at any  time,  whether  before or after the  effective  date,  file any
amendment to or supplement to the  Prospectus of which you shall not  previously
have been  advised  and  furnished  with a copy or to which you or your  counsel
shall have  reasonably  objected or which is not in compliance  with the Act and
the Rules and Regulations or applicable state law.

    As soon as the Company is advised thereof,  the Company will advise you, and
confirm the advice in writing,  of the receipt of any comments of the Commission
or any state  securities  department,  when the Registration  Statement  becomes
effective  if the  provisions  of Rule  430A  promulgated  under the Act will be
relied upon,  when the  Prospectus  has been filed in accordance  with said Rule
430A, of the  effectiveness of any  posteffective  amendment to the Registration
Statement or  Prospectus,  or the filing of any  supplement to the Prospectus or
any amended  Prospectus,  of any  request  made by the  Commission  or any state
securities  department for amendment of the Prospectus or for  supplementing  of
the  Prospectus  or for  additional  information  with respect  thereto,  of the
issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Prospectus or any
order preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or any order suspending
trading  in the  Common  Stock  of the  Company,  or of  the  suspension  of the
qualification  of the  Securities,  the Option  Securities or the  Underwriter's
Securities  for  offering  in any  jurisdiction,  or of the  institution  of any
proceedings for any such purposes,  and will use its best efforts to prevent the
issuance  of any such order and, if issued,  to obtain as soon as  possible  the
lifting or dismissal thereof.

The Company has caused to be delivered to you copies of such Prospectus, and the
Company  has  consented  and hereby  consents  to the use of such copies for the
purposes permitted by law. The Company authorizes you and the dealers to use the
Prospectus and such copies of the Prospectus in connection  with the sale of the
Securities,  the Option  Securities  and the  Underwriter's  Securities for such
period as in the  opinion of your  counsel  and our  counsel  the use thereof is
required to comply with the  applicable  provisions of the Act and the Rules and
Regulations.  The Company will prepare and file with the states,  promptly  upon
your request, any such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and take any
other action, as, in the opinion of your counsel,  may be necessary or advisable
in connection with the initial sale of the Securities, the Option Securities and
the Underwriter's  Securities and will use its best efforts to cause the same to
become effective as promptly as possible.

    The Company shall file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to
the Underwriter) or transmit the Prospectus by a means reasonably  calculated to
result in filing with the  Commission  pursuant to rule 424(b)(1) or pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(3) not later than the Commission's  close of business on the earlier
of (i) the second  business day  following  the  execution  and delivery of this
Agreement,  and (ii) the fifth  business  day after  the  effective  date of the
Registration Statement.

    In case of the happening,  at any time within such period as a Prospectus is
required  under the Act to be delivered in  connection  with the initial sale of
the Securities,  the Option Securities and the Underwriter's  Securities, of any
event of which the  Company  has  knowledge  and which  materially  affects  the
Company,  or the  securities  thereof,  and  which  should  be set  forth  in an
amendment of or a supplement to the  Prospectus in order to make the  statements
therein not then misleading,  in light of the circumstances existing at the time
the Prospectus is required under the Act to be delivered, or in case it shall be
necessary  to amend or  supplement  the  Prospectus  to comply with the Act, the
Rules and  Regulations or any other law, the Company will forthwith  prepare and
furnish to you copies of such amended  Prospectus  or of such  supplement  to be
attached to the Prospectus, in such quantities as you may reasonably request, in
order that the Prospectus,  as so amended or supplemented,  will not contain any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements


                                       10

therein not misleading in light of the circumstances  under which they are made.
The  preparation  and  furnishing  of any such  amendment or  supplement  to the
Prospectus  or  supplement  to be  attached to the  Prospectus  shall be without
expense to you.

    The  Company  will to the best of its  ability  comply  with  the  Act,  the
Exchange Act and applicable  state  securities  laws so as to permit the initial
offer and sales of the Securities,  the Option  Securities and the Underwriter's
Securities  under the Act,  the  Rules and  Regulations,  and  applicable  state
securities laws.

    (b) It will cooperate to qualify the Securities,  the Option  Securities and
the Underwriter's  Securities for initial sale under the securities laws of such
jurisdictions  as you may designate and will make such  applications and furnish
such information as may be required for that purpose, provided the Company shall
not be required to qualify as a foreign  corporation  or a dealer in securities.
The  Company  will,  from time to time,  prepare  and file such  statements  and
reports as are or may be required to continue such  qualification  in effect for
so long as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

    (c) So  long  as  any  of  the  Securities,  the  Option  Securities  or the
Underwriter's  Securities  remain  outstanding  in the hands of the public,  the
Company,  at its expense,  will annually furnish to its stockholders a report of
its operations to include  financial  statements  audited by independent  public
accountants,  and will furnish to the  Underwriter as soon as practicable  after
the end of each  fiscal  year,  a balance  sheet of the Company as at the end of
such fiscal year, together with statements of operations,  stockholders' equity,
and changes in cash flow of the Company for such fiscal year,  all in reasonable
detail  and  accompanied  by a copy of the  certificate  or  report  thereon  of
independent public accountants.

    (d) It will deliver to you at or before the Initial  Closing Date two signed
copies of the  Registration  Statement  including all financial  statements  and
exhibits filed therewith,  whether or not incorporated by reference. The Company
will  deliver  to you,  from  time  to  time  until  the  effective  date of the
Prospectus, as many copies of the Pre-Effective Prospectus as you may reasonably
request. The Company will deliver to you on the effective date of the Prospectus
and thereafter for so long as a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the
Act and the Rules and  Regulations  as many copies of the  Prospectus,  in final
form, or as  thereafter  amended or  supplemented,  as you may from time to time
reasonably request.

    (e) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the  Securities
and the Option  Securities  substantially  in the manner set forth under "Use of
Proceeds" in the Prospectus.  No portion of the proceeds shall be used, directly
or  indirectly,  to acquire any  securities  issued by the Company,  without the
prior written consent of the Underwriter.

    (f) As soon as it is practicable,  but in any event not later than the first
(lst) day of the fifteenth  (15th) full calendar  month  following the effective
date of the  Registration  Statement,  the Company  will make  available  to its
security  holders and the Underwriter an earnings  statement  (which need not be
audited) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive  months beginning
after the effective date of the Registration Statement,  which shall satisfy the
requirements  of  Section  11(a) of the Act and Rule  158(a)  of the  Rules  and
Regulations.

    (g) As reimbursement for the Underwriter's  nonaccountable expenses relating
to  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby,  the  Company  shall  pay  to  the
Underwriter at each closing date, and to be deducted from the purchase price for
the Securities and the Option Securities,  an amount equal to three percent (3%)
of the gross  proceeds  received by the Company from the sale of the  Securities
and the Option  Securities  at such closing date less in the case of the Initial
Closing Date, the sum of $50,000 previously paid by the Company.
    If the sale of the Securities by the  Underwriter is not consummated for any
reason not attributable to the Underwriter,  or if (i) the Company withdraws the
Registration  Statement  from the Commission or does not proceed with the public
offering, or (ii) the representations in Section 3 hereof are not correct or the
covenants cannot be complied with, or (iii) there has been a materially  adverse
change in the condition, prospects or obligations of the Company or a materially
adverse  change in stock  market  conditions  from  current  conditions,  all as
determined by the Underwriter,  then the Company shall reimburse the Underwriter
for its out of pocket expenses including without


                                       11

limitation, its legal fees and disbursements all on an accountable basis but not
to exceed $100,000 (less the $50,000 previously paid by the Company), and if any
excess remains from the advance previously paid, such excess will be returned to
the Company.  If however,  in the event of the sale or merger of the Company, or
any significant  subsidiary or significant assets of the Company or substitution
of Underwriter  (the  "Transaction")  after such date as the Company has filed a
Registration  Statement with the Securities and Exchange  Commission the Company
shall reimburse the Underwriter for its fees and expenses in accordance with the
preceding  paragraph and shall also pay the  Underwriter an amount in cash equal
to two percent (2%) of the total legal  consideration  of the  Transaction  to a
maximum of $250,000 less the fees and expenses so  reimbursed.  Such amount will
be paid on the date of closing of the Transaction.

    (h) The Company or any stockholder who enters into an agreement  referred to
in Section  3(a)(xxvii),  shall not,  without the  Underwriter's  prior  written
consent,  sell or offer to sell any  shares of Common  Stock for  thirteen  (13)
months after the effective date excluding acquisitions or warrants or options to
purchase any shares of Common Stock or equity securities.

   (i)  During a date five years after the date hereof,  the  Company  will make
available  to its  stockholders,  as soon as  practicable,  and  deliver  to the
Underwriter:

(i)  as soon as they are available,  copies of all reports  (financial or other)
mailed to stockholders;

(ii)  as soon as  they  are  available,  copies  of all  reports  and  financial
statements furnished to or filed with the Commission, the NASD or any securities
exchange;

(iii) every press release and every material news item or article of interest to
the  financial  community  in respect of the  Company or its  affairs  which was
released or prepared by or on behalf of the Company; and

(iv) any additional  information of a public nature  concerning the Company (and
any future subsidiaries) or its businesses which the Underwriter may request.

    During such five-year  period, if the Company has active  subsidiaries,  the
foregoing  financial  statements  will be on a consolidated  basis to the extent
that the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated, and will
be accompanied by similar  financial  statements for any significant  subsidiary
which is not so consolidated.

    (j) The Company will maintain a Transfer  Agent and, if necessary  under the
jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a Registrar (which may be the same
entity as the Transfer Agent) for its Common Stock.

    (k) The Company  will  furnish to the  Underwriter  or on the  Underwriter's
order, without charge, at such place as the Underwriter may designate, copies of
each Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement and any pre-effective or
post-effective  amendments  thereto (two of which copies will be signed and will
include  all  financial  statements  and  exhibits),  the  Prospectus,  and  all
amendments and supplements thereto,  including any prospectus prepared after the
effective date of the Registration  Statement, in each case as soon as available
and in such quantities as the Underwriter may request.

     (1) Neither the Company nor any of its  officers,  directors  or any of its
affiliates will take,  directly or indirectly,  any action designed to, or which
might in the future  reasonably be expected to cause or result in  stabilization
or manipulation of the price of any of the Company's securities.

    (m) The Company shall timely file all such reports, forms or other documents
as may be required (including,  but not limited to, a Form SR as may be required
pursuant  to Rule 463  under the Act)  from  time to time,  under  the Act,  the
Exchange Act, and the Rules and  Regulations,  and all such  reports,  forms and
documents  filed  will  comply  as to form and  substance  with  the  applicable
requirements under the Act, the Exchange Act, and the Rules and Regulations.



                                       12


    (n) The  Company  shall  cause the  Securities  to be listed on NASDAQ for a
period of five (5) years from the date hereof,  use its best efforts to maintain
the listing of the Securities to the extent they are outstanding.

    (o)  As  soon  as  practicable,   (i)  before  the  effective  date  of  the
Registration  Statement,  file a Form 8-A with the Commission  providing for the
registration  under the Exchange Act of the  Securities and (ii) but in no event
more than 30 days from the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,  take
all  necessary  and  appropriate  actions to be included in Standard  and Poor's
Corporation  Descriptions  and/or  Moody's  OTC  Manual  and  to  continue  such
inclusion  for a period of not less than five  years if the  securities  are not
listed on an securities exchange.

    (p) Until the completion of the distribution of the Securities,  the Company
shall not without the prior written  consent of the Underwriter and its counsel,
issue, directly or indirectly,  any press release or other communication or hold
any press  conference  with  respect  to the  Company or its  activities  or the
offering  contemplated hereby, other than trade releases issued in 'the ordinary
course of the Company's business  consistent with past practices with respect to
the Company's operations.

    5.  Conditions  of the  Underwriter's  Obligations.  The  obligation  of the
Underwriters  to offer and sell the  Securities  and the  Option  Securities  is
subject to the accuracy (as of the date hereof,  and as of the Closing Dates) of
and  compliance  with the  representations  and warranties of the Company to the
performance  by it of  its  agreement  and  obligations  hereunder  and  to  the
following additional conditions:

    (a) The  Registration  Statement  shall have  become  effective  as and when
cleared by the Commission,  and you shall have received  notice  thereof,  on or
prior to any closing  date no stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the
Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for that or similar purpose
shall have been instituted or shall be pending,  or, to your knowledge or to the
knowledge of the Company,  shall be contemplated by the Commission;  any request
on the  part of the  Commission  for  additional  information  shall  have  been
complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriter;  and
qualification, under the securities laws of such states as you may designate, of
the issue and sale of the Securities  upon the terms and  conditions  herein set
forth or contemplated and containing no provision unacceptable to you shall have
been  secured,  and no stop  order  shall be in  effect  denying  or  suspending
effectiveness of such  qualification  nor shall any stop order  proceedings with
respect thereto be instituted or pending or threatened under such law.

(b)  On any  closing  date  and,  with  respect  to the  letter  referred  to in
subparagraph (iii), as of the date hereof, you shall have received:

    (i) the opinion,  together with such number of signed or photostatic  copies
of such opinion as you may  reasonably  request,  addressed to you by securities
counsel for the Company,  in form and substance  satisfactory to the Underwriter
and William M. Prifti, Esq., counsel to the Underwriter, dated each such closing
date, to the effect that:

    (A) The  Company  has  been  duly  incorporated  and is a  validly  existing
corporation in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which it is
incorporated and has all necessary corporate power and authority to carry on its
business as described in the Prospectus.

    (B) The Company is  qualified to do business in each  jurisdiction  in which
conducting its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to
be so  qualified  would not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
business or assets.

    (C) The Company has the full  corporate  power and  authority  to enter into
this  Agreement,  the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  and the  Consulting
Agreement and to consummate the transactions  provided for therein and each such
Agreement  has been duly and validly  authorized,  executed and delivered by the
Company. Each of this Agreement,  the Consulting Agreement and the Underwriter's
Warrant Agreement,  assuming due  authorization,  execution and delivery by each
other party  thereto,  constitutes a legal,  valid and binding  agreement of the
Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to
bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws


                                       13

governing  the rights of  creditors  and to general  equitable  principles,  and
provided  that  no  opinion  need  be  given  as to  the  enforceability  of any
indemnification or contribution provisions,  and none of the Company's execution
or delivery of this  Agreement,  the Consulting  Agreement or the  Underwriter's
Warrant Agreement, its performance hereunder or thereunder,  its consummation of
the transactions  contemplated herein or therein, or the conduct of its business
as described in the Registration Statement,  the Prospectus,  and any amendments
or supplements thereto,  conflicts with or will conflict with or results or will
result in any material breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of,
or constitutes  or will  constitute a material  default under,  or result in the
creation or imposition of any material lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge,
security interest,  defect or other restriction of any kind whatsoever upon, any
property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company pursuant to the terms
of (A) the  articles  of  incorporation  or by-laws of the  Company,  (B) to the
knowledge of such counsel, any material license, contract, indenture,  mortgage,
deed of trust, voting trust agreement,  stockholders'  agreement,  note, loan or
credit  agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
party  or by  which  it is or may be  bound,  or (C) to the  knowledge  of  such
counsel, any statute,  judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation applicable to
the Company, whether domestic or foreign.

    (D) The Company had authorized and outstanding capital stock as set forth in
the  Prospectus  under  the  heading  "Capitalization"  as of the date set forth
therein,  and all of such issued and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock have
been duly and  validly  authorized  and  issued,  and to the  knowledge  of such
counsel are fully paid and  nonassessable,  and no stockholder of the Company is
entitled to any preemptive  rights to subscribe  for, or purchase  shares of the
capital stock. The holders of such capital stock are not and will not be subject
to  personal  liability  for  obligations  of the  Company,  by  reason of being
stockholders,  under the laws of the  jurisdiction in which it is  incorporated,
and to the  knowledge  of such counsel  none of such  securities  were issued in
violation  of the  preemptive  rights of any  holders of any  securities  of the
Company.

    (E) To the knowledge of such counsel, the Company is not a party to or bound
by any instrument,  agreement or other arrangement providing for it to issue any
capital stock, rights,  warrants,  options or other securities,  except for this
Agreement,  the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement,  and except as described in the
Prospectus.   The  Securities,   the  Underwriter's  Securities  and  all  other
securities  issued or issuable  by the Company as of the date of this  Agreement
conform  in  all  material  respects  to all  statements  with  respect  thereto
contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The Securities, the
Underwriter's  Securities  and the Option  Securities  to be sold by the Company
hereunder and under the Underwriter's  Warrant Agreement are not and will not be
subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any stockholder,  have been
duly authorized and, when issued,  paid for and delivered in accordance with the
terms hereof and of the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement, will be validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable  and conform to the description  thereof contained
in the  Prospectus;  the holders  thereof  will not be subject to any  liability
solely  as such  holders;  all  corporate  action  required  to be taken for the
authorization,  issue and sale of the Securities,  the Underwriter's  Securities
and the Option  Securities has been duly and validly taken; and the certificates
representing  the  Securities and the Options  Securities and the  Underwriter's
Warrants are in due and proper form. The Underwriter's Warrants constitute valid
and binding  obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof
and payment  therefor,  the number and type of securities of the Company  called
for  thereby.  Upon  payment  for and  delivery  of the  Securities,  the Option
Securities,  the Representative's Warrants and the Underwriter's Securities with
all necessary  endorsements  and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
and  assuming the  Underwriters  are  acquiring  the  Securities  and the Option
Securities (and the Underwriter is acquiring the Underwriter's  Warrants and the
Underwriter's Securities) in good faith without notice of any adverse claim, the
Underwriters  will be the owners of the Securities and the Option Securities and
the  Underwriter  will  be the  owner  of the  Underwriter's  Warrants  and  the
Underwriter's Securities, in each case free and clear of any adverse claim.

    (F) The specimen forms of certificates  evidencing the Securities are in due
and proper form under the laws of the state of  incorporation;  the  Securities,
when issued and delivered as provided  herein,  will be duly and validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.

    (G) To the  knowledge of such counsel,  there are no claims,  suits or other
legal  proceedings  pending or  threatened  against  the Company in any court or
before or by any governmental body which might materially affect


                                       14

the  business  of the  Company or the  financial  condition  of the Company as a
whole, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

    (H) Based on oral and/or  written  advice from the staff of the  Commission,
the  Registration  Statement has become  effective and, to the knowledge of such
counsel,  no stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the Prospectus is in
effect and no proceedings for that purpose are pending before, or threatened by,
federal or by a state securities administrator.

    (I) To the  knowledge of such  counsel,  there are no legal or  governmental
proceedings,  actions,  arbitrations,  investigations,  inquiries  or  the  like
pending  or  threatened  against  the  Company  of a  character  required  to be
disclosed in the  Prospectus  which have not been so  disclosed,  questions  the
validity  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company  or  this  Agreement  or the
Underwriter's  Warrant  Agreement  or  might  adversely  affect  the  condition,
financial or otherwise, or the prospects of the Company or which could adversely
affect  the  Company's  ability  to perform  any of its  obligations  under this
Agreement, the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement or the Consulting Agreement.

    (J) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no material agreements, contracts
or other documents known to such counsel  required by the Act to be described in
the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  and filed as  exhibits to the
Registration  Statement  (or required to be filed under the Exchange Act if upon
such  filing  they  would be  incorporated,  in whole or in part,  by  reference
therein)  other than  those  described  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus and filed as exhibits  thereto,  and to such counsel's  knowledge (A)
the exhibits  which have been filed are correct copies of the documents of which
they purport to be copies;  (B) the descriptions in the  Registration  Statement
and the  Prospectus  and any  supplement  or amendment  thereto of contracts and
other  documents  to which  the  Company  is a party  or by  which it is  bound,
including  any  document to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound
incorporated  by reference  into the  Prospectus and any supplement or amendment
thereto,  are  accurate  in all  material  respects  and  fairly  represent  the
information required to be shown by Form SB-1.

    (K) No consent,  approval, order or authorization from any regulatory board,
agency  or  instrumentality   having  jurisdiction  over  the  Company,  or  its
properties (other than registration  under the Act or qualification  under state
or foreign securities laws) is required for the valid  authorization,  issuance,
sale and delivery of the Securities,  the Option Securities or the Underwriter's
Securities.

    (L) The statements in the Prospectus under "Risk Factors-Significant Control
by Existing Stockholders," "Limitation on Officer's and Director's Liability . .
 . " "Description  of  Securities,"  and "Shares  Eligible For Future Sales" have
been reviewed by such  counsel,  and insofar as they refer to statements of law,
descriptions of statutes,  licenses,  rules or regulations or legal conclusions,
are correct in all material respects.

    Such counsel shall also state that it has participated in the preparation of
the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus  and,  although such counsel has not
independently   verified  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  the  information
contained  therein,  nothing has come to such counsel's  attention  which causes
such  counsel  to  believe  that  the  Registration  Statement  (other  than the
financial  statements  together  with related  notes,  and other  financial  and
statistical data contained in the Registration  Statement or omitted  therefrom,
as to which  such  counsel  need  express  no  opinion)  on the  date it  became
effective  and on the date of such opinion  contains  any untrue  statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, to make the
statements  therein  not  misleading,  or that the  Prospectus  (other  than the
financial  statements  together  with related  notes,  and other  financial  and
statistical data contained in the Prospectus or omitted  therefrom,  as to which
such counsel need express no opinion),  as amended or supplemented,  contains on
the  date  it  became  effective  and on the  date of such  opinion  any  untrue
statement of a material  fact or omits to state a material  fact  required to be
stated therein or necessary, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

    Such  opinion  shall  also  cover  such  other   matters   incident  to  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and the offering Prospectus as you or counsel
to the Underwriter shall reasonably  request.  In rendering such opinion, to the


                                       15


extent deemed reasonable by them, such counsel may rely upon certificates of any
officer of the  Company or public  officials  as to matters of fact of which the
maker of such certificate has knowledge.

    (ii) a certificate,  signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal
Financial or  Accounting  Officer of the Company  dated the Closing Date, to the
effect  that with regard to the  Company,  each of the  conditions  set forth in
Section 5(d) have been satisfied.

      (iii) a letter,  addressed to the  Underwriter  and in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the  Underwriter  in all respects  (including  the  nonmaterial
nature of the changes or  decreases,  if any,  referred to in clause (D) below),
from dated, respectively, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement
and as of the Closing Date, as the case may be:

    (A) Confirming that they are independent  public accountants with respect to
the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, if any, within the meaning of the
Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations.

    (B) Stating that, in their opinion, the financial statements,  related notes
and schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, if any, included
in the Registration Statement examined by them comply as to form in all material
respects  with  the  applicable  accounting  requirements  of the  Act  and  the
published Rules and Regulations thereunder.

  (C) Stating  that,  with  respect to the period from           to  a specified
date (the specified  date") not earlier than five (5) business days prior to the
date of such letter,  they have read the minutes of meetings of the stockholders
and board of directors (and various  committees  thereof) of the Company and its
consolidated  subsidiaries,  if any, for the period from             through the
specified  date,  and  made  inquiries  of  officers  of  the  Company  and  its
consolidated  subsidiaries,  if any,  responsible  for financial and  accounting
matters and,  especially as to whether  there was any decrease in sales,  income
before  extraordinary  items or net income as  compared  with the  corresponding
period in the preceding  year; or any change in the capital stock of the Company
or any  change in the  longterm  debt or any  increase  in the  short-term  bank
borrowings or any decrease in net current assets or net assets of the Company or
of any of its consolidated subsidiaries,  if any, and further stating that while
such  procedures  and  inquiries  do  not  constitute  an  examination  made  in
accordance with generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  nothing came to their
attention which caused them to believe that during the period from             ,
through  the  specified  date  there were any  decreases  as  compared  with the
corresponding period in the preceding year in sales, income before extraordinary
items or net  income;  or any  change in the  capital  stock of the  Company  or
consolidated  subsidiary,  if any,  or any  change in the  longterm  debt or any
increase  in  the  short-term  bank  borrowings  (other  than  any  increase  in
short-term bank borrowings in the ordinary course of business) of the Company or
any consolidated  subsidiary,  if any, or any decrease in the net current assets
or net assets of the Company or any consolidated subsidiary, if any; and

    (D)  stating  that  they  have  carried  out  certain  specified  procedures
(specifically  set  forth  in  such  letter  or  letters)  as  specified  by the
Underwriter  (after  consultations  with        relating  to  such  procedures),
not constituting an audit, with respect to certain tables,  statistics and other
financial data in the Prospectus specified by the Underwriter and such financial
data not included in the Prospectus but from which information in the Prospectus
is derived,  and which have been obtained from the general accounting records of
the  Company  or  consolidated  subsidiaries,  if any,  or from such  accounting
records by analysis or computation, and having compared such financial data with
the accounting records of the Company or the consolidated subsidiaries,  if any,
stating that they have found such  financial  data to agree with the  accounting
records of the Company.

    (c) All  corporate  proceedings  and other  legal  matters  relating to this
Agreement,  the Prospectus and other related matters shall be satisfactory to or
approved by counsel to the Underwriter and you shall have received from
                  a signed  opinion dated as of each closing date,  with respect
to the incorporation of the Company, the validity of the Securities, the form of
the Prospectus, (other than the financial statements together with related notes
and other financial and statistical  data contained in the Prospectus or omitted
therefrom,  as to which such counsel need express no opinion),  the execution of
this Agreement and other related matters as you may reasonably require.


                                       16


(d) At each closing date, (i) the  representations and warranties of the Company
contained in this Agreement  shall be true and correct in all material  respects
with  the  same  effect  as if made on and as of such  closing  date;  (ii)  the
Prospectus  and  any  amendments  or  supplements   thereto  shall  contain  all
statements  which are required to be stated  therein in accordance  with the Act
and the  Rules and  Regulations  and in all  material  respects  conform  to the
requirements thereof, and neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement
thereto shall  contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material  fact required to be stated  therein or necessary,  in light of the
circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  in order to make the  statements
therein not misleading;  (iii) there shall have been since the respective  dates
as of which  information  is given no material  adverse  change in the business,
properties or condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, capital
stock,  longterm  debt or general  affairs of the Company from that set forth in
the Prospectus,  except changes which the Prospectus indicates might occur after
the effective  date of the  Prospectus,  and the Company shall not have incurred
any material  liabilities  or material  obligations,  direct or  contingent,  or
entered into any material transaction, contract or agreement not in the ordinary
course of business  other than as referred to in the  Prospectus and which would
be required to be set forth in the  Prospectus;  and (iv) except as set forth in
the  Prospectus,  no action,  suit or  proceeding  at law or in equity  shall be
pending or  threatened  against  the  Company  which would be required to be set
forth in the  Prospectus,  and no  proceedings  shall be pending  or  threatened
against  the Company or any  subsidiary  before or by any  commission,  board or
administrative agency in the United States or elsewhere,  wherein an unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding would materially and adversely affect the business,
property,  condition (financial or otherwise),  results of operations or general
affairs of the Company.

       (e) On or before  the  Initial  Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall  have
executed  and  delivered  to the  Underwriter,  (i)  the  Underwriter's  Warrant
Agreement  substantially  in the form filed as an  Exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement in final form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter,  and (ii)
the  Representative's  Warrants in such  denominations  and to such designees as
shall have been provided to the Company.

      (f) On or before the Initial Closing Date, the Securities  shall have been
duly approved for listing on NASDAQ.

      (g) On or before the Initial Closing Date, there shall have been delivered
to the  Underwriter  all of the  Lock-up  Agreements  required  to be  delivered
pursuant  to Section  3(a)(xxvii),  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Underwriter and Underwriter's counsel.

      (h) On or before the Initial  Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall have (i)
executed and delivered to the Underwriter the Consulting Agreement,  in the form
filed as an Exhibit to the Registration  Statement and (ii) paid the Underwriter
the full retainer pursuant to the Consulting Agreement.

    If any condition to the Underwriter's  obligations hereunder to be fulfilled
prior to or at the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case
may be, is not so fulfilled, the Underwriter may terminate this Agreement or, if
the Underwriter so elects,  it may waive any such conditions which have not been
fulfilled or extend the time for their fulfillment.

6.  Conditions of the Company's  Obligations.  The  obligation of the Company to
sell and deliver the Securities is subject to the following:

      (a) The provisions  regarding the effective  date, as described in Section
10.

      (b)  At  the  Initial   Closing  Date,  no  stop  order   suspending   the
effectiveness  of the  Prospectus  shall have been  issued  under the Act or any
proceedings  therefor  initiated or threatened by the Commission or by any state
securities department.

      (c) Tender of payment by the Underwriter in accord with Section 2 hereof.

7. Indemnification.


                                       17

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each  Underwriter  and its
employees  and each  person,  if any, who controls you within the meaning of the
Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (which
shall, for any purposes of this Agreement,  include,  but not be limited to, all
costs of defense  and  investigation  and all  attorneys'  fees),  to which each
Underwriter  or such  controlling  person may become  subject,  under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement  of any material  fact  contained  in the  Prospectus,  or any
amendment or supplement  thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission
or alleged  omission made in the Prospectus,  or such amendment or supplement to
state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
statements  therein not misleading,  which is in reliance upon and in conformity
with written information furnished by the Company to you specifically for use in
the  preparation  thereof,  and provided  further that the  indemnity  agreement
contained  in this  subsection  (a) shall not inure to the  benefit  of you with
respect to any person  asserting any such loss,  claim,  damage or liability who
has  purchased  the  Securities  which  are the  subject  thereof  if you or any
participants  failed to send or give a copy of the  Prospectus to such person at
or prior to the  written  confirmation  of the sale of such  Securities  to such
person.

    (b) Each Underwriter  will indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  each of
its  directors,  each of its  officers,  each  person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the meaning of the Act against  any losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities,  joint or several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement,
include,  but not be limited to, all costs of defense and  investigation and all
attorneys'  fees)  to  which  the  Company  or any  such  director,  officer  or
controlling  person may become  subject under the Act or  otherwise,  insofar as
such losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement
of any material fact contained in the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto,  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission
to state therein a material  fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only
to the  extent,  that such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or
omission  was  made in the  Prospectus,  or such  amendment  or  supplement,  in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company by you specifically for use in the preparation  thereof.  This indemnity
will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this Section of notice
of the commencement of any action,  such  indemnified  party will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section,
notify the indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof,  but the omission so
to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it
may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section. In case any
such  action is brought  against any  indemnified  party,  and it  notifies  the
indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof,  the indemnifying party will be
entitled to  participate  in, and, to the extent that it may wish,  jointly with
any other indemnifying party, similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof,
subject to the  provisions  herein  stated,  with counsel  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
Section  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses   subsequently  incurred  by  such
indemnified  party in connection  with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of  investigation.  The  indemnified  party shall have the right to employ
separate  counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense  thereof,
but the fees and  expenses  of such  counsel  shall not be at the expense of the
indemnifying  party if the  indemnifying  party has  assumed  the defense of the
action with counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that, if the
indemnified  party is you or a person who controls you, the fees and expenses of
such  counsel  shall  be at the  expense  of the  indemnifying  party if (i) the
employment  of such counsel has been  specifically  authorized in writing by the
indemnifying  party or (ii) the named parties to any such action  (including any
impleaded  parties)  include  both  you  or  such  controlling  person  and  the
indemnifying party and you or such controlling person shall have been advised by
such counsel that there is a conflict of interest  which would  prevent  counsel
for the indemnifying  party from representing the indemnifying  party and you or
such controlling person (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of you or such  controlling
person, it being understood,  however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in
connection  with any one such action or separate  but  substantially  similar or
related actions in the same jurisdiction or which are consolidated into the same
jurisdiction  arising out of the same general  allegations or circumstances,  be
liable for the  reasonable  fees and expenses of more than one separate  firm of
attorneys  for you  and all  such  controlling  persons,


                                       18

which firm shall be  designated  in writing by you). No settlement of any action
against  an  indemnified  party  shall  be  made  without  the  consent  of  the
indemnified  party,  which  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld in light of all
factors of importance to such indemnified party.

    8.  Contribution.  In order to provide for just and  equitable  contribution
tinder the Act in any case in which (i) the indemnifying party makes a claim for
indemnification pursuant to Section 7 hereof but it is judicially determined (by
the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and
the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that
such  indemnification may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact
that the express  provisions  of Section 7 provide for  indemnification  in such
case,  or (ii)  contribution  under the Act may be  required  on the part of the
Underwriters,  then the  Company and the  Underwriters  in the  aggregate  shall
contribute to the aggregate  losses,  claims,  damages,  or liabilities to which
they may be subject (which shall,  for all purposes of this Agreement,  include,
but not be limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys'
fees) in either such case (after  contribution  from others) in such proportions
that the  Underwriters are responsible in the aggregate for that portion of such
losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  determined by  multiplying  the total
amount of such  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  times the  difference
between the public  offering  price and the  commission to the  Underwriter  and
dividing the product thereof by the public offering price,  and the Company,  if
applicable,  shall be  responsible  for that  portion  of such  losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities times the commission to the Underwriters and dividing the
product  thereof by the  public  offering  price;  provided,  however,  that the
Underwriters  shall not be required to so contribute any amount in excess of the
underwriting discount applicable to the Securities purchased by the Underwriters
hereunder if such  allocation  is not  permitted  by  applicable  law,  then the
relative  fault of the  Company  and the  Underwriters  in  connection  with the
statements  or  omissions  which  resulted in such  damages  and other  relevant
equitable  considerations  shall  also be  considered.  No  person  guilty  of a
fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section  12(2) of the Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any  person who is not guilty of such
fraudulent  misrepresentation.  The foregoing contribution agreement shall in no
way affect the  contribution  liabilities of any person having  liability  under
Section 12 of the Act other than the  Company  and the  Underwriter.  As used in
this  paragraph,  the term  "Underwriters"  includes any person who controls the
Underwriters  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act. If the full amount of
the  contribution  specified in this paragraph is not permitted by law, then any
Underwriter  and each person who controls any  Underwriter  shall be entitled to
contribution from the Company, to the full extent permitted by law.

    9. Costs and Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(g) the Company
will pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of this Agreement by
the Company  including,  but not limited to, the fees and expenses of counsel to
the Company and of the Company's accountants; the costs and expenses incident to
the  preparation,  printing,  filing  and  distribution  under  the  Act  of the
Registration Statement and Prospectus (including the fee of the Commission,  any
securities  exchange and the NASD in connection  with the filing required by the
NASD  relating  to the  offering of the  Securities  contemplated  hereby);  all
expenses,  including  fees of  counsel,  which  shall be due and  payable on the
Closing Date in connection with the  qualification  of the Securities  under the
state  securities or blue sky laws;  the cost of furnishing to you copies of the
Prospectus,  this Agreement, the cost of printing the certificates  representing
the Securities and of preparing and photocopying the Underwriting Agreement, the
cost of three underwriter's  bound volumes,  any advertising costs and expenses,
including  but  not  limited  to  the  "road  show"  information   meetings  and
presentations,  any  advertisements  printed in connection  with the sale of the
Securities  including the  "tombstone"  advertisement,  prospectus  memorabilia,
issue  and  transfer  taxes,  if any.  The  Company  will also pay all costs and
expenses  incident  to  the  furnishing  of  any  amended  Prospectus  of or any
supplement to be attached to the Prospectus.

    10.  Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 p.m. New
York time on the next full  business day  following  the  effective  date of the
Registration  Statement,  or at such other time after the effective  date of the
Prospectus as you in your discretion shall first commence the public offering of
any of the Securities covered thereby, provided,  however, that at all times the
provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 11 shall be effective.


             11.  Termination.


                                       19


(a) This  Agreement,  may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date by
you if in your  judgment  it is  impracticable  to offer for sale or to  enforce
contracts made by you for the sale of the Securities agreed to be sold hereunder
by reason of (i) the  Company  as a whole  having  sustained  a  material  loss,
whether or not insured, by reason of fire, earthquake,  flood, accident or other
calamity,  or from any labor  dispute or court or  government  action,  order or
decree,  (ii) trading in  securities of the Company  having been  suspended by a
state securities administrator or by the Commission, (iii) material governmental
restrictions  having been  imposed on trading in  securities  generally  (not in
force and effect on the date hereof) or trading on the New York Stock  Exchange,
American Stock Exchange, Boston Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market
shall have been  suspended,  (iv) a banking  moratorium  having been declared by
federal  or New  York  State  authorities,  (v) an  outbreak  or  escalation  of
hostilities or other national or international  calamity having  occurred,  (vi)
the  passage by the  Congress of the United  States or by any state  legislative
body, of any act or measure, or the adoption of any orders, rules or regulations
by any governmental body or any authoritative  accounting institute or board, or
any governmental  executive,  which is believed likely by you to have a material
impact on the  business,  financial  condition  or financial  statements  of the
Company;  or (vii)  any  material  adverse  change  having  occurred,  since the
respective  dates as of which  information  is given in the  Prospectus,  in the
condition,  financial or  otherwise,  of the Company as a whole,  whether or not
arising in the ordinary  course of business,  (viii) cease to be employed by the
Company in their present capacity; (ix) the Securities are not listed on NASDAQ.

    (b) If you elect to prevent this  Agreement  from  becoming  effective or to
terminate  this  Agreement  as provided in this Section 11 or in Section 10, the
Company shall be promptly  notified by you, by telephone or telegram,  confirmed
by letter.

    12.  Representations,  Warrants  and  Agreements  to Survive  Delivery.  The
respective  indemnities,  agreements,  representations,   warranties  and  other
statements of the Company (or its officers) and the  Underwriter set forth in or
made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless
of any investigation  made by or on behalf of the Underwriter,  the Company,  or
any of their officers or directors and will survive  delivery of and payment for
the Securities.

    13. Notices. All communications  hereunder will be in writing and, except as
otherwise  expressly provided herein, if sent to you, will be mailed,  delivered
or telephoned and confirmed to you at Schneider Securities,  Inc., 104 Broadway,
Denver, CO 80203, Attention: Thomas J. O'Rourke, President; to the Company at 81
Church Street, East Hartford, CT 06108, Attention: George Taylor Jr., President.

    14.  Parties at Interest.  This  Agreement is made solely for the benefit of
the Underwriter(s),  and the Company, and their respective  controlling persons,
directors and officers, and their respective successors,  assigns, executors and
administrators.  No other  person  shall  acquire or have any right  under or by
virtue of this Agreement.

    15. Headings. The Section headings in this Agreement have been inserted as a
matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Agreement.

    16.  Applicable  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of  Connecticut,  without giving effect to
conflict of law principles.

    17.  Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
instrument.


                                       20



    If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding  between the Company
and you, as  Representative of the several  underwriters,  please so indicate in
the space  provided  below for such  purpose,  whereupon  this  letter  and your
acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us.



                                                 Very truly yours,
                                                 FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.



                                           By:_________________________________
                                                 (Authorized Officer)
                                                 George Taylor Jr., President



Accepted as of the date first above written:

SCHNEIDER SECURITIES, INC.



By:_________________________________________
                  (Authorized Officer)
                  Thomas Schneider, Chairman




                                       21



                                   SCHEDULE I
                                  UNDERWRITERS

                                                                 Units
                                                                 consisting
                                                                   of
Underwriter                                                    Common Stock
- -----------                                          Class A Redeemable Warrants
                                                     Class B Redeemable Warrants
                                                     ---------------------------

Schneider Securities, Inc.






                                        ______________           ______________
TOTAL
- -----





                                                                       EXHIBIT B

    A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  BUT HAS NOT YET BECOME  EFFECTIVE.  NO
OFFER TO BUY THE  SECURITIES  CAN BE ACCEPTED AND NO PART OF THE PURCHASE  PRICE
CAN BE RECEIVED UNTIL THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE,  AND ANY
SUCH OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN OR REVOKED,  WITHOUT OBLIGATION OR COMMITMENT OF ANY
KIND,  AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO NOTICE OF ITS  ACCEPTANCE  GIVEN AFTER THE EFFECTIVE
DATE. YOUR EXECUTION HEREOF WELL INVOLVE NO OBLIGATION OR COMMITMENT OF ANY KIND
UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE.



                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.
                           SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 1996

Dear Sirs:

    1. Schneider  Securities,  Inc. named as the Underwriter  ("Underwriter") in
the  enclosed  preliminary  Prospectus,  proposes to offer on a firm  commitment
standby  basis,  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  and  execution  of the
Underwriting Agreement, a maximum of 1,000,000 Units each Unit consisting of one
share of  Common  Stock  and one  Class A  Redeemable  Warrant  and one  Class B
Redeemable Warrant  ("Securities") of the above Company. The Securities are more
particularly described in the enclosed preliminary Prospectus, additional copies
of which will be supplied in reasonable  quantities upon request.  Copies of the
definitive  Prospectus  will  be  supplied  after  the  effective  date  of  the
Registration Statement.

    2.  The  Underwriter  is  soliciting  offers  to buy,  upon  the  terms  and
conditions hereof, a part of the Securities from Selected Dealers, including you
who are to act as principal and who are (i)  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  ("Commission")  as  broker-dealers  under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), and members in good standing with
the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"),  or (ii) dealers
or  institutions  with their  principal  place of business  located  outside the
United  States,  its  territories  and  possessions  who  are not  eligible  for
membership in the NASD and who agree to make no sales within the United  States,
its  territories  or  possessions  or to persons  who are  nationals  thereof or
residents therein and, in making sales, to comply with the NASD's Interpretation
with Respect to FreeRiding and  Withholding  and with Sections 8, 24p 25, to the
extent applicable to foreign nonmember brokers or dealers, and Section 36 of the
NASD's  Rules of Fair  Practice.  The  Securities  are to be offered at a public
price of $ per Unit.  Selected  Dealers will be allowed a concession of not less
than $ per Unit,  except as provided below.  You will be notified of the precise
amount  of such  concession  prior  to the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement.  You may  reallow not in excess of $ per Unit to dealers who meet the
requirements set forth in this Section 2. This offer is solicited subject to the
issuance and delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by the Underwriter,
to the approval of legal  matters by counsel and to the terms and  conditions as
herein set forth.

    3.  Your  offer to  purchase  may be  revoked  in  whole or in part  without
obligation or commitment of any kind by you and any time prior to acceptance and
no  offer  may be  accepted  by us and no  sale  can be  made  until  after  the
registration  statement  covering the Securities  has become  effective with the
Commission.  Subject to the  foregoing,  upon  execution  by you of the Offer to
Purchase below and the return of same to us, you shall be deemed to have offered
to purchase  the number of  Securities  set forth in your offer on the basis set
forth in paragraph 2 above.  Any oral notice by us of  acceptance  of your offer
shall be immediately followed by written or telegraphic confirmation







preceded or accompanied by a copy of the Prospectus. If a contractual commitment
arises  hereunder,  all the terms of this Selected  Dealers  Agreement  shall be
applicable.  We  may  also  make  available  to  you an  allotment  to  purchase
Securities,  but such allotment  shall be subject to modification or termination
upon notice from us any time prior to an  exchange of  confirmations  reflecting
completed  transactions.  All  references  hereafter  in this  Agreement  to the
purchase and sale of Securities  assume and are  applicable  only if contractual
commitments to purchase are completed in accordance with the foregoing.

    4. You agree that in reoffering said  Securities,  if your offer is accepted
after the effective date, you will make a bona fide public distribution of same.
You will advise us upon request of Securities  purchased by you remaining unsold
and we shall have the right to  repurchase  such  Securities  upon demand at the
public  offering  price  without  paying  the  concession  with  respect  to any
Securities so  repurchased.  Any of the Securities  purchased by you pursuant to
this  Agreement are to be subject to the terms hereof.  Securities  shall not be
offered or sold by you below the public offering price before the termination of
this Agreement.

    5. Payment for Securities which you purchase  hereunder shall be made by you
on or before  five (5)  business  days  after the date of each  confirmation  by
certified or bank cashier's check payable to the  Underwriter.  Certificates for
the  Securities  shall  be  delivered  as soon  as  practicable  after  delivery
instructions are received by the Underwriter.

    6. A  registration  statement  covering the offering has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission in respect to the  Securities.  You will be
promptly  advised  when  the  registration  statement  becomes  effective.  Each
Selected Dealer in selling  Securities  pursuant hereto agrees (which  agreement
shall  also be for the  benefit of the  Company)  that it will  comply  with the
applicable  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and any applicable rules and regulations  issued under said
Acts. No person is authorized by the Company or by the  Underwriter  to give any
information  or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in the
Prospectus  in connection  with the sale of the  Securities.  Nothing  contained
herein shall render the Selected Dealers a member of the  Underwriting  Group or
partners with the Underwriter or with one another.

    7. You will be informed by us as to the states in which we have been advised
by counsel the  Securities  have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the
respective  securities or blue sky laws of such states,  but we have not assumed
and will not  assume any  obligation  or  responsibility  as to the right of any
Selected  Dealer  to  sell  Securities  in any  state.  You  agree  not to  sell
Securities in any other state or jurisdiction  and to not sell Securities in any
state or jurisdiction unless you are qualified or licensed to sell securities in
such state or jurisdiction.

    8. The  Underwriter  shall have full authority to take such action as it may
deem  advisable in respect of all matters  pertaining to the offering or arising
thereunder. The Underwriter shall not be under any liability to you, except such
as may be  incurred  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  and  the  rules  and
regulations thereunder, except for lack of good faith and except for obligations
assumed by us in this Agreement,  and no obligation on our part shall be implied
or inferred herefrom.

    9.  Selected  Dealers  will be governed by the  conditions  herein set forth
until this  Agreement is  terminated.  This  Agreement  will  terminate when the
offering is completed.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed a commitment on
our part to sell you any  Securities;  such  contractual  commitment can only be
made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof.

    10. You  represent  that you are a member in good  standing  of the NASD and
registered as a  broker-dealer  with the  Commission,  or that you are a foreign
broker-dealer  not eligible for membership  under Section 1 of the Bylaws of the
NASD who agrees to make no sales within the United  States,  its  territories or
possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein and, in
making  sales,  to  comply  with  the  NASD's  interpretation  with  Respect  to
FreeRiding and Withholding and with Sections 8, 24, 25 to the extent  applicable
to foreign nonmember brokers and dealers,  and Section 36 of the NASD's Rules of
Fair  Practice.  Your  attention  is called to and you agree to comply  with the
following:  (a) Article III, Section 1 of the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD
and the interpretations of said Section promulgated by the Board of Governors of
the  NASD  including  Section  24  and  the   interpretation   with  respect  to
"Free-Riding  and  Withholding;"  (b)  Section  10(b) of the 1934 Act and  Rules
10b-6,  10b-10 of the general


                                       2


rules and regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act; and (c) Rule 15c2-8 of the
general  rules and  regulations  promulgated  under the 1934 Act  requiring  the
distribution of a preliminary  Prospectus to all persons reasonably  expected to
be purchasers of the Securities from you at least 48 hours prior to the time you
expect to mail  confirmations.  You,  as a member of the NASD,  by signing  this
Agreement,  acknowledge  that you are familiar with the cited laws and rules and
agree that you will not directly  and/or  indirectly  violate any  provisions of
applicable law in connection with your  participation in the distribution of the
Securities.

    11. In addition to  compliance  with the  provisions of paragraph 10 hereof,
you will not, until advised by us in writing or by wire that the entire offering
has been  distributed  and closed,  bid for or purchase  Securities  in the open
market or otherwise  make a market in the  Securities  or  otherwise  attempt to
induce others to purchase the Securities in the open market.  Nothing  contained
in this  paragraph 11 shall,  however,  preclude you from acting as agent in the
execution of unsolicited  orders of customers in  transactions  effectuated  for
them through a market maker.

    12. You understand  that the Underwriter may in connection with the offering
engage  in  stabilizing  transactions.  If  the  Underwriter  contracts  for  or
purchases  in  the  open  market  in  connection  with  such  stabilization  any
Securities  sold  to you  hereunder  and not  effectively  placed  by  you,  the
Underwriter may charge you the Selected Dealer's  concession  originally allowed
you on the  Securities  so  purchased  and you agree to pay such amount to us on
demand.

    13.  By  submitting  an Offer  to  Purchase  you  confirm  that you may,  in
accordance  with Rule 156-1  adopted  under the 1934 Act,  agree to purchase the
number of Securities  you may become  obligated to purchase under the provisions
of this Agreement.

    14. All  communications  from you should be  directed  to us at Two  Charles
Street,  Providence,  RI  02904  (401-861-0320)  and  (fax  401-274-8942).   All
communications  from us to you shall be  directed  to the  address to which this
letter is mailed.

Very truly yours, 
SCHNEIDER SECURITIES, INC.


By________________________________________
            (Authorized Officer)





                                       3





                                OFFER TO PURCHASE

    The  undersigned  does  hereby  offer to  purchase  (subject to the right to
revoke as set forth in paragraph 3)  ________________*  Securities in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth above. We hereby acknowledge  receipt of
the  Prospectus  referred  to in the first  paragraph  thereof  relating to such
Securities.  We further state that in purchasing  such Securities we have relied
upon such Prospectus and upon no other statement whatsoever, written or oral.



__________________________________

By _______________________________
        (Authorized Officer)



*If a number appears here which does not correspond  with what you wish to offer
to purchase,  you may change the number by crossing out the number,  inserting a
different number and initializing the change.





    THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES  ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") THE WARRANT MAY
NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD,  PLEDGED OR  HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  AS TO  SUCH  SECURITIES  FILED  UNDER  THE  ACT,  OR AN
EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION,  AND COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES
LAWS.  THE ISSUER MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE ISSUER
HEREOF THAT SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS NOT  REQUIRED AND THAT SUCH LAWS ARE COMPLIED
WITH.



VOID AFTER 3:30 P.M., EASTERN TIME, ON                        .



                                  UNDERWRITER'S
                               WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                                      UNITS
                                  CONSISTING OF
                      COMMON STOCK AND REDEEMABLE WARRANTS

                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.

This is to Certify That, FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  Schneider  Securities,  Inc. (the
"Holder") is entitled to purchase,  subject to the  provisions  of this Warrant,
from Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc. ("Company"), a Delaware corporation, at any
time on or  after___________  , and not later than 3:30 p.m.,  Eastern  Time, on
_________100,000  Units  (consisting  of 100,000 shares Common Stock and 100,000
Class A and 100,000 Class B Redeemable  Warrants) of the Company  ("Securities")
exercisable  at a purchase  price for the  Securities  which is 140% of the Unit
public  offering price of $___.The  number of Securities to be received upon the
exercise  of this  Warrant  and the price to be paid for the  Securities  may be
adjusted from time to time as  hereinafter  set forth.  The purchase  price of a
Security in effect at any time and as adjusted from time to time is  hereinafter
sometimes referred to as the "Exercise Price." The Securities,  as adjusted from
time to time,  underlying the Warrants are hereinafter  sometimes referred to as
"Warrant  Securities".  The Securities  issuable upon the exercise hereof are in
all respects  identical to the Securities being purchased by the Underwriter for
resale to the public  pursuant to the terms and  conditions of the  Underwriting
Agreement.

(a) Exercise of Warrant.  Subject to the provisions of Section (g) hereof,  this
Warrant may be  exercised in whole or in part at anytime or from time to time on
or after  _____________  , 1997,  but not later than 3:30 p.m.,  Eastern Time on
_____________  , 2001,  or if  _____________,  2001,  is a day on which  banking
institutions  are  authorized by law to close,  then on the next  succeeding day
which  shall not be such a day,  by  presentation  and  surrender  hereof to the
Company or at the office of its stock transfer  agent, if any, with the Purchase
Form annexed  hereto duly  executed and  accompanied  by payment of the Exercise
Price for the number of shares specified in such Form, together with all federal
and state taxes  applicable  upon such  exercise.  The Company agrees to provide
notice to the Holder that any tender offer is being made for the  Securities  no
later than the day the Company becomes aware that any tender offer is being made
for the  Securities.  If this  Warrant  should be  exercised  in part only,  the
Company  shall,  upon  surrender of this Warrant for  cancellation,  execute and
deliver a new Warrant evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the balance
of the  shares  purchasable  hereunder  along  with  any  additional  Redeemable
Warrants  not  exercised.  Upon  receipt by the  Company of this  Warrant at the
office of the Company or at the office of the Company's stock transfer agent, in
proper form for exercise and accompanied by the total Exercise Price, the Holder
shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Securities  issuable upon such
exercise,  notwithstanding  that the stock  transfer  books of the Company shall
then be closed or that certificates  representing such Securities shall not then
be actually delivered to the Holder.









    (b)  Reservation of Securities.  The Company hereby agrees that at all times
there shall be reserved  for  issuance  and/or  delivery  upon  exercise of this
Warrant such number of shares of Securities as shall be required for issuance or
delivery upon exercise of this Warrant.  The Company  covenants and agrees that,
upon exercise of the Warrants and payment of the Exercise  Price  therefor,  all
Securities  and other  securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly issued,  fully paid,  non-assessable .-and not subject to the preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  As long as the Warrants shall be  outstanding,  the
Company  shall use its best efforts to cause all  Securities  issuable  upon the
exercise of the Warrants to be listed  (subject to official  notice of issuance)
on all  securities  exchanges  on which the Common Stock issued to the public in
connection herewith may then be listed and/or quoted on NASDAQ.

    (c) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional
shares  shall be issued upon the exercise of this  Warrant.  With respect to any
fraction of a share called for upon any exercise  hereof,  the Company shall pay
to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current
market value of such fractional share, determined as follows:

       (1) If the  Securities  are listed on a national  securities  exchange or
admitted to unlisted  trading  privileges  on such  exchange,  the current value
shall be the last  reported  sale price of the Common Stock on such  exchange on
the last  business  day prior to the date of exercise  of this  Warrant or if no
such sale is made on such day,  the average of the closing bid and asked  prices
for such day on such exchange; or

    (2) If the  Securities  are not so listed or admitted  to  unlisted  trading
privileges,  the current  value shall be the mean of the last  reported  bid and
asked  prices  reported  by  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
Automated  Quotation  System (or, if not so quoted on NASDAQ or by the  National
Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.)  on the  last  business  day  prior to the date of the
exercise of this Warrant; or

    (3) If the  Securities  are not so listed or admitted  to  unlisted  trading
privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the current value shall
be an amount, not less than book value,  determined in such reasonable manner as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company,  such  determination
to be final and binding on the Holder.

(d) Exchange, Assignment  or Loss of  Warrant.  This  Warrant  is  exchangeable,
without expense,  at the option of the Holder,  upon  presentation and surrender
hereof to the Company or at the office of its stock transfer  agent, if ANY, for
other  Warrants  of  different  denominations  entitling  the Holder  thereof to
purchase  (under the same terms and  conditions  as provided by this Warrant) in
the aggregate the same number of Securities purchasable hereunder.  This Warrant
may not be sold,  transferred,  assigned,  or hypothecated  until after one year
from the effective date of the registration  statement except that it may be (i)
assigned  in  whole  or in  part  to  the  officers  of the  "Underwriter",  and
(ii)transferred  to any successor to the business of the "Underwriter." Any such
assignment shall be made by surrender of this Warrant to the Company,  or at the
office of its stock transfer  agent,  if any, with the  Assignment  Form annexed
hereto  duly  executed  and  with  funds  sufficient  to pay any  transfer  tax;
whereupon the Company shall,  without charge,  execute and deliver a new Warrant
in the name of the assignee  named in-such  instrument of  assignment,  and this
Warrant shall promptly be canceled. This Warrant may be divided or combined with
other  Warrants  which  carry the same rights  upon  presentation  hereof at the
office of the  Company or at the  office of its stock  transfer  agent,  if any,
together with a written notice  specifying the names and  denominations in which
new  Warrants  are to be  issued  and  signed  by the  Holder  hereof.  The term
"Warrant" as used herein  includes any Warrants  issued in  substitution  for or
replacement  of this  Warrant,  or into  which  this  Warrant  may be divided or
exchanged.  Upon  receipt by the Company of evidence  satisfactory  to it of the
loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation  of this Warrant,  and (in the case of
loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon
surrender  and  cancellation  of this Warrant,  if  mutilated,  the Company will
execute and  deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date.  Any such new Warrant
executed and delivered shall constitute an additional  contractual obligation on
the part of the Company, whether or not this Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed,
or mutilated shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.


                                       2


    (e)  Rights of the  Holder.  The  Holder  shall not,  by virtue  hereof,  be
entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or equity,
and the rights of the Holder are limited to those  expressed  in the Warrant and
are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

    (f) Notices to Warrant Holders. So long as this Warrant shall be outstanding
and  unexercised  (i)  if the  Company  shall  pay  any  dividend  or  make  any
distribution  upon the Common  Stock,  or (ii) if the Company shall offer to the
holders of Common Stock for subscription or purchase by them any shares of stock
of any class or any other rights, or (iii) if any capital  reorganization of the
Company,  reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into another corporation,  sale, lease or transfer
of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another
corporation, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution,  liquidation or winding up
of the Company  shall be effected,  then,  in any such case,  the Company  shall
cause to be  delivered  to the Holder,  at least ten (10) days prior to the date
specified in (x) or (y) below,  as the case may be, a notice  containing a brief
description of the proposed action and stating the date on which (x) a record is
to be taken for the purpose of such  dividend,  distribution  or rights,  or (y)
such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the date, if any, is
to be fixed, as of which the holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled
to exchange  their shares of Common  Stock for  equivalent  securities  or other
property deliverable upon such reclassification,  reorganization, consolidation,
merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

    (g)  Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price and  Number  of Shares of Common  Stock
Deliverable.

    (A)(i) Except as hereinafter  provided,  in the event the Company shall,  at
any time or from time to time after the date hereof,  issue any shares of Common
Stock as a stock  dividend  to the  holders of Common  Stock,  or  subdivide  or
combine the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number
of shares (any such issuance,  subdivision  or  combination  being herein call a
"Change of Shares"),  then, and  thereafter  upon each further Change of Shares,
the Exercise Price for the Warrants (whether or not the same shall be issued and
outstanding)  in effect  immediately  prior to such  Change  of Shares  shall be
changed to a price  (including any applicable  fraction of a cent to the nearest
cent)  determined  by dividing  (i) the sum of (a) the total number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Change of Shares,  multiplied
by the Exercise Price in effect  immediately prior to such Change of Shares, and
(b) the  consideration,  if any,  received  by the Company  upon such  issuance,
subdivision  or  combination  by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such Change of Shares; provided,  however, that in
no event shall the Exercise Price be adjusted pursuant to this computation to an
amount in  excess of the  Exercise  Price in  effect  immediately  prior to such
computation, except in the case of a combination of outstanding shares of Common
Stock.

    For the  purposes  of any  adjustment  to be made in  accordance  with  this
Section (g) the following provisions shall be applicable:

    (I) Shares of Common Stock issuable by way of dividend or other distribution
on any  capital  stock  of the  Company  shall be  deemed  to have  been  issued
immediately  after the opening of business on the day  following the record date
for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
distribution and shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

    (II) The number of shares of Common Stock at any one time outstanding  shall
not be deemed to include the number of shares issuable  (subject to readjustment
upon the actual  issuance  thereof)  upon the  exercise  of  options,  rights or
warrants and upon the  conversion  or exchange of  convertible  or  exchangeable
securities.

    (ii) Upon each  adjustment  of the Exercise  Price  pursuant to this Section
(g), the number of Units  purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be
the number derived by multiplying  the number of Units  purchasable  immediately
prior  to  such  adjustment  by the  Exercise  Price  in  effect  prior  to such
adjustment  and  dividing  the product so obtained  by the  applicable  adjusted
Exercise Price.


                                       3


    (B) In case of any  reclassification  or  change of  outstanding  Securities
issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants  (other than a change in par value,  or
from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value or as a result
of a subdivision or combination),  or in case of any  consolidation or merger of
the  Company  with  or into  another  corporation  other  than a  merger  with a
"Subsidiary" (which shall mean any corporation or corporations,  as the case may
be, of which  capital  stock  having  ordinary  power to elect a majority of the
Board of Directors of such corporation (regardless of whether or not at the time
capital  stock of any other class or classes of such  corporation  shall have or
may have voting power by reason of the happening of any  contingency)  is at the
time directly or indirectly owned by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries)
or by the Company and one or more  Subsidiaries  in which  merger the Company is
the continuing  corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or
change of the then  outstanding  shares of Common Stock or other  capital  stock
issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants  (other than a change in par value,  or
from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value or as a result
of subdivision or  combination)  or in case of any sale or conveyance to another
corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety, then, as a condition of such reclassification,  change, consolidation,
merger,  sale or  conveyance,  the  Company,  or such  successor  or  purchasing
corporation,  as the case may be,  shall  make  lawful  and  adequate  provision
whereby  the  Holder  of each  Warrant  then  outstanding  shall  have the right
thereafter  to  receive  on  exercise  of such  Warrant  the kind and  amount of
securities  and  property   receivable  upon  such   reclassification,   change,
consolidation,  merger,  sale  or  conveyance  by a  holder  of  the  number  of
securities  issuable  upon  exercise of such Warrant  immediately  prior to such
reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger, sale or conveyance and shall
forthwith file at the principal  office of the Company a statement signed by its
President or a Vice President and by its Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer or
its  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary  evidencing  such  provision.  Such
provisions  shall  include  provision for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent  as may be  practicable  to the  adjustments  provided for in Section
(g)(A).  The above  provisions of this Section (g)(B) shall  similarly  apply to
successive  reclassifications  and  changes  of shares  of  Common  Stock and to
successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

    (C)  Irrespective of any adjustments or changes in the Exercise Price or the
number of Securities  purchasable  upon  exercise of the  Warrants,  the Warrant
Certificates  theretofore and thereafter issued shall,  unless the Company shall
exercise its option to issue new Warrant Certificates pursuant hereto,  continue
to express  the  Exercise  Price per share and the number of shares  purchasable
thereunder as the Exercise Price per share and the number of shares  purchasable
thereunder  as  expressed  in  the  Warrant  Certificates  when  the  same  were
originally issued.

    (D) After each  adjustment  of the Exercise  Price  pursuant to this Section
(g), the Company will promptly  prepare a certificate  signed by the Chairman or
President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary,  of the Company setting forth: (i) the Exercise Price as so
adjusted,  (ii) the  number of  Securities  purchasable  upon  exercise  of each
Warrant,  after  such  adjustment,  and  (iii' a brief  statement  of the  facts
accounting for such adjustment.  The Company will promptly file such certificate
in the Company's  minute books and cause a brief  summary  thereof to be sent by
ordinary  first class mail to each Holder at his last address as it shall appear
on the  registry  books of the  Company.  No failure to mail such notice nor any
defect  therein or in the mailing  thereof  shall  affect the  validity  thereof
except as to the  holder to whom the  Company  failed  to mail such  notice,  or
except as to the holder whose notice was defective.  The affidavit of an officer
or the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company that such notice has
been mailed shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts
stated therein.

    (E) No adjustment  of the Exercise  Price shall be made as a result of or in
connection  with  the  issuance  or sale of  Securities  if the  amount  of said
adjustment shall be less than $.10,  provided,  however,  that in such case, any
adjustment  that would  otherwise  be required  then to be made shall be carried
forward and shall be made at the time of and together  with the next  subsequent
adjustment that shall amount,  together with any adjustment so carried  forward,
to at least $.10. In addition,  Holders shall not be entitled to cash  dividends
paid by the Company  prior to the  exercise  of any Warrant or Warrants  held by
them.


                                       4


    (F) In the event that the Company shall at any time prior to the exercise of
all Warrants declare a dividend  consisting  solely of shares of Common Stock or
otherwise distribute to its stockholders any assets, property, rights, evidences
of  indebtedness,  the Holders of the unexercised  Warrants shall  thereafter be
entitled,  in  addition  to the  Securities  or other  securities  and  property
receivable  upon the  exercise  thereof,  to receive,  upon the exercise of such
Warrants,  the same property,  assets, rights,  evidences of indebtedness,  that
they  would  have been  entitled  to  receive  at the time of such  dividend  or
distribution  as if the Warrants had been  exercised  immediately  prior to such
dividend or distribution. At the time of any such dividend or distribution,  the
Company shall make appropriate  reserves to ensure the timely performance of the
provisions of this Section (g).

    (h) Piggyback  Registration.  If, at any time  commencing  one year from the
effective  date  of the  registration  statement  and  expiring  six  (6)  years
thereafter,  the Company  proposes to register any of its  securities  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") (other than in connection  with a
merger or pursuant to Form S-8, S-4 or other comparable  registration statement)
it will give written notice by registered  mail, at least thirty (30) days prior
to the filing of each such registration statement, to the Underwriter and to all
other Holders of the Warrants and/or the Warrant  Securities of its intention to
do so. If the  Underwriter  or other  Holders  of the  Warrants  and/or  Warrant
Securities  notify the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of any such
notice of its or their desire to include any such  securities  in such  proposed
registration  statement,  the Company shall afford each of the  Underwriter  and
such Holders of the Warrants  and/or Warrant  Securities the opportunity to have
any such Warrant Securities registered under such registration statement.

    Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section,  the Company shall have the
right at any time after it shall  have given  written  notice  pursuant  to this
Section  (irrespective  of whether a written  request for  inclusion of any such
securities  shall  have  been  made)  to elect  not to file  any  such  proposed
registration  statement,  or to withdraw  the same after the filing but prior to
the effective date thereof.

      (i)    Demand Registration.

(1) At any time commencing one year from the effective date of the  registration
statement  and  expiring  four  (4)  years   thereafter,   the  Holders  of  the
Representative's  Warrants and/or Warrant  Securities  representing a "Majority"
(as hereinafter defined) of such securities (assuming the exercise of all of the
Underwriter's  Warrants) shall have the right (which right is in addition to the
registration rights under Section (i) hereof),  exercisable by written notice to
the  Company,  to have the  Company  prepare  and file with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission"),   on  one  occasion,  a  registration
statement and such other documents,  including a prospectus, as may be necessary
in the opinion of both  counsel for the Company and counsel for the  Underwriter
and Holders,  in order to comply with the provisions of the Act, so as to permit
a public offering and sale of their respective  Warrant  Securities for nine (9)
consecutive months by such Holders and any other holders of the Representative's
Warrants  and/or Warrant  Securities who notify the Company within ten (10) days
after receiving notice from the Company of such request.

    (2)  The  Company  covenants  and  agrees  to  give  written  notice  of any
registration  request  under  this  Section  (i) by any Holder or Holders to all
other  registered  Holders  of the  Representative's  Warrants  and the  Warrant
Securities  within  ten  (10)  days  from the  date of the  receipt  of any such
registration request.

    (3) In addition to the  registration  rights  under this  Section (i) at any
time commencing one year after the effective date of the registration  statement
and expiring four (4) years thereafter, the Holders of Representative's Warrants
and/or Warrant  Securities shall have the right,  exercisable by written request
to the Company, to have the Company prepare and file, on one occasion,  with the
Commission a registration  statement so as to permit a public  offering and sale
for nine (9)  consecutive  months by such  Holders  of its  Warrant  Securities;
provided,  however, that the provisions of Section (i)(2) hereof shall not apply
to any such registration request and registration and all costs incident thereto
shall be at the expense of the Holder or Holders making such request.


                                       5


(j) Covenants of the Company With Respect to  Registration.  In connection  with
any  registration  under  Section (h) or (i) hereof,  the Company  covenants and
agrees as follows:

    (i) The Company shall use its best efforts to file a registration  statement
within  sixty (60) days of receipt  of any demand  therefor,  shall use its best
efforts to have any registration  statement  declared  effective at the earliest
possible time, and shall furnish each Holder desiring to sell Warrant Securities
such number of prospectuses as shall reasonably be requested.

    (ii) The  Company  shall  pay all  costs  (excluding  fees and  expenses  of
Holder(s)'  counsel  and any  underwriting  or  selling  commissions),  fees and
expenses  in  connection  with all  registration  statements  filed  pursuant to
Sections (h), (i) and 0) hereof  including,  without  limitation,  the Company's
legal and accounting fees, printing expenses, blue sky fees and expenses. If the
Company shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section (j)(i),  the Company
shall,  in addition to any other  equitable  or other  relief  available  to the
Holder(s),  extend the Exercise Period by such number of days as shall equal the
delay caused by the Company's failure.

    (iii)The  Company  will take all  necessary  action which may be required in
qualifying or  registering  the Warrant  Securities  included in a  registration
statement  for offering and sale under the  securities  or blue sky laws of such
states as reasonably are requested by the  Holder(s),  provided that the Company
shall not be  obligated  to  execute or file any  general  consent to service of
process to qualify as a foreign corporation to do business under the laws of any
such jurisdiction.

    (iv) The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Warrant  Securities to
be sold  pursuant to any  registration  statement  and each person,  if any, who
controls  such  Holders  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section
20(a) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), from
and  against  all loss,  claim,  damage,  expense or  liability  (including  all
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from such registration statement but only to
the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the
Company has agreed to indemnify  the  Underwriter  contained in Section 7 of the
Underwriting Agreement.

    (v)  The  Holder(s)  of the  Warrant  Securities  to be sold  pursuant  to a
registration statement,  and their successors and assigns, shall severally,  and
not jointly,  indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person,
if any, who controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage or expense or
liability   (including  all  expenses   reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,
preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which they may become
subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from  information
furnished by or on behalf of such Holders,  or their successors or assigns,  for
specific  inclusion in such  registration  statement to the same extent with the
same  effect  as the  provisions  contained  in  Section  7 of the  Underwriting
Agreement pursuant to which the Underwriter has agreed to indemnify the Company.

    (vi) The Holder(s) may exercise  their  Warrants prior to the initial filing
of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

    (vii)The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any securities other than
the  Warrant  Securities  to be  included in any  registration  statement  filed
pursuant to Section (i) hereof, or permit any other registration statement to be
or remain effective during the  effectiveness of a registration  statement filed
pursuant  to Section  (i)  hereof,  other than a  secondary  offering  of equity
securities by the Company,  without the prior written  consent of the Holders of
the Warrants and Warrant  Securities  representing a Majority of such securities
(assuming an exercise of all the Warrants underlying the Warrants).

      (viii) The  Company  shall  furnish to each  Holder  participating  in the
offering and to each  underwriter,  if any, a signed  counterpart,  addressed to
such Holder or underwriter,  of (x) an opinion of counsel to the Company,  dated
the effective date of such  registration  statement  (and, if such  registration
includes  an  underwritten  public  offering,  an opinion  dated the date of the
closing under the underwriting agreement), and (y) a "cold comfort" 


                                       6


letter dated the effective  date of such  registration  statement  (and, if such
registration  includes an underwritten public offering,  a letter dated the date
of the  closing  under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the  independent
public  accountants  who  have  issued  a  report  on  the  Company's  financial
statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each  case  covering
substantially the same matters with respect to such registration  statement (and
the prospectus  included therein) and, in the case of such accountants'  letter,
with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial  statements,  as
are  customarily  covered in opinions of  issuer's  counsel and in  accountants'
letters   delivered  to  underwriters  in  underwritten   public   offerings  of
securities.

    (ix) The Company shall as soon as  practicable  after the effective  date of
the registration statement,  and in any event within 15 months thereafter,  make
"generally  available to its security  holders"  (within the meaning of Rule 158
under the Act) an earnings  statement (which need not be audited) complying with
Section 11(a) of the Act and covering a period of at least 12 consecutive months
beginning after the effective date of the registration statement.

    (x) The Company shall deliver  promptly to each Holder  participating in the
offering  requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to the
managing  underwriters,  copies of all correspondence between the Commission and
the Company,  its counsel or auditors and all memoranda  relating to discussions
with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration  statement and
permit each Holder and  underwriter to do such  investigation,  upon  reasonable
advance  notice,  with respect to  information  contained in or omitted from the
registration   statement  as  it  deems  reasonably  necessary  to  comply  with
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall  include  access to books,
records and properties and  opportunities to discuss the business of the Company
with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at
such  reasonable  times  and as often as any such  Holder or  underwriter  shall
reasonably request.

    (xi)  The  Company  shall  enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  with the
managing  underwriters,  which may be the  Underwriter.  Such agreement shall be
satisfactory   in  form  and  substance  to  the  Company,   and  such  managing
underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,  warranties and covenants
by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily  contained in agreements
of that type used by the managing underwriter;  provided however, that no Holder
shall be required to make any representations,  warranties or covenants or grant
any indemnity to which it shall object in any such underwriting  agreement.  The
Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Warrant Securities and may, at their option,  require
that any or all the representations,  warranties and covenants of the Company to
or for  the  benefit  of  such  underwriters  shall  also be made to and for the
benefit  of such  Holders.  Such  Holders  shall  not be  required  to make  any
representations  or  warranties  to  or  agreements  with  the  Company  or  the
underwriters  except as they may  relate  to such  Holders  and  their  intended
methods of distribution.

    (xii)For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the term " Majority" in reference to
the  Holders of Warrants  or Warrant  Securities,  shall mean in excess of fifty
(50%) of the then  outstanding  Warrants or Warrant  Securities that (i) are not
held by the Company, an affiliate,  officer, creditor, employee or agent thereof
or any of their respective  affiliates,  members of their family, persons acting
as  nominees  or in  conjunction  therewith  or (ii) have not been resold to the
public pursuant to a registration  statement filed with the Commission under the
Act.

(k) Conditions of Company's Obligations.  The Company's obligation under Section
6 hereof shall be  conditioned  as to each such public  offering,  upon a timely
receipt by the Company in writing of:

    (A) Information as to the terms of such public  offering  furnished by or on
behalf of the Holders making a public  distribution of their Warrant Securities;
and

    (B) Such other  information as the Company may reasonably  require from such
Holder,  or any underwriter for any of them, for inclusion in such  registration
statement or offering statement or post-effective amendment.

    (C) An agreement  by the Holder to sell his Warrants and Warrant  Securities
on the basis provided in the Underwriting Agreement.



                                       7


      (1) Continuing Effect of Agreement.  The Company's agreements with respect
to the Warrant  Securities in this Warrant will continue in effect regardless of
the exercise or surrender of this Warrant.

    (m) Notices. Any notices or certificates by the Company to the Holder and by
the Holder to the Company shall be deemed  delivered if in writing and delivered
personally or sent by certified  mail,  to the Holder,  addressed to him or sent
to,  Schneider  Securities,  Inc., 104 Broadway,  Denver,  CO 80203,  or, if the
Holder has designated,  by notice in writing to the Company,  any other address,
to such other  address,  and, if to the  Company,  addressed  to it at 81 Church
Street,  East Hartford,  CT 06108. The Company may change its address by written
notice to Schneider Securities, Inc.

    (n) Limited  Transferability.  This Warrant  Certificate and the Warrant may
not be sold,  transferred,  assigned or hypothecated for a one-year period after
the effective date of the  Registration  Statement except to underwriters of the
Offering  referred to in the  Underwriting  Agreement or to individuals  who are
either partners or officers of such an underwriter or by will or by operation of
law. The Warrant may be divided or combined,  upon request to the Company by the
Warrantholder,  into a certificate or certificates evidencing the same aggregate
number of Warrants. The Warrant may not be offered, sold,  transferred,  pledged
or  hypothecated  in the absence of any effective  registration  statement as to
such Warrant filed under the Act, or an exemption  from the  requirement of such
registration,  and compliance  with the applicable  state  securities  laws. The
Company may require an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to the Company that such
registration  is not required and that such laws are complied  with. The Company
may treat the  registered  holder of this  Warrant  as he or it  appears  on the
Company's  book at any time as the Holder for all  purposes.  The Company  shall
permit the Holder or his duly authorized  attorney,  upon written request during
ordinary  business  hours,  to inspect and copy or make  extracts from its books
showing the registered holders of Warrants.

    (o)  Transfer to Comply  With the  Securities  Act of 1933.  The Company may
cause the  following  legend,  or one  similar  thereto,  to be set forth on the
Warrants and on each certificate  representing Warrant Securities,  or any other
security  issued or  issuable  upon  exercise of this  Warrant  not  theretofore
distributed to the public or sold to underwriters for distribution to the public
pursuant  to Sections  (h) or (i) hereof;  unless  counsel  satisfactory  to the
Company is of the opinion as to any such  certificate  that such legend,  or one
similar thereto, is unnecessary:

    "The warrants  represented by this  certificate may not be offered for sale,
sold  or  otherwise  transferred  except  pursuant  to  an  opinion  of  counsel
satisfactory  to the Company is obtained  stating  that such offer or sale is in
compliance wrath state and federal securities law.

    (p)  Applicable  Law.  This Warrant  shall be governed by, and  construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut,  without giving effect to
conflict of law principles.

    (q)  Assignability.  This  Warrant may not be  attended  except in a writing
signed by each Holder and the Company.




                                       8











    (r) Survival of Indemnification  Provisions.  The indemnification provisions
of this Warrant shall survive until , 2002.



                                        Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc.
                                        a Delaware corporation



                                        By _____________________________
                                           George Taylor, Jr., President

Date:__________________________




Attest:




_________________________________
                      , Secretary












                                       9






                                  PURCHASE FORM



                                                         Dated_____________ 19__



    The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise the Warrant to the
extent of purchasing__________ Securities and hereby makes payment of $_________
in payment of the actual exercise price thereof.



                   INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES



Name____________________________________________________________________________
         (please typewrite or print in block letters)




Address_________________________________________________________________________



Signature_______________________________________________________________________



                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM



FOR VALUE RECEIVED,_____________________________________________________________
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name____________________________________________________________________________
         (please typewrite or print in block letters)


Address_________________________________________________________________________

the right to purchase  Securities as  represented  by this Warrant to the extent
of________________  Securities  as to which such right is  exercisable  and does
hereby irrevocably  constitute and  appoint_____________________,  attorney,  to
transfer the same on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in
the premises.



Signature_______________________________________________________________________



Dated:_____________ 19__



                                       10






                         FARMSTEAD TELEPHONE GROUP, INC.
                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                                                                          , 1996
George Taylor Jr., President
Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc.
81 Church Street
East Hartford, CT  06108


Dear Mr. Taylor:

         This will  confirm  the  arrangements,  terms and  conditions,  whereby
Schneider  Securities,  Inc.  (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant") has been
retained  by you to serve as  financial  consultant  and  advisor  to  Farmstead
Telephone  Group,  Inc.  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Company"),  on  a
nonexclusive  basis for a period of 36 months  commencing on the closing date of
the  public  offering  (the  "Closing").  The  undersigned  hereby  agree to the
following terms and conditions:

         1. Consulting Services. Consultant will render financial consulting and
advice pertaining to the Company's business affairs as you may from time to time
request.

         2.  Financing.  Consultant  will assist and  represent you in obtaining
both  short  and  long-term  financing  whether  from  banks  or the sale of the
Company's debt or equity.

         3.  Wall  Street  Liaison.  Consultant  will when  appropriate  arrange
meetings with individuals and financial institutions in the investment community
such  as  security  analysts,   portfolio   managers,   and  market  makers  and
representatives of the Company.

         4.  Compensation.  The  Company  agrees  to pay the  Consultant  in the
aggregate the sum of One Hundred Eight Thousand  ($108,000)  Dollars at the rate
of Three Thousand ($3,000) Dollars per month with the full amount payable at the
closing of the Offering.

         5. Relationship. Nothing herein shall constitute Consultant as employee
or agent of the Company except to such extent as might  hereafter be agreed upon
for a particular purpose. Except as expressly agreed, Consultants shall not have
the authority to obligate or commit the Company in any manner whatsoever.

         6. Assignment and  Termination.  This Agreement shall not be assignable
by any party except to successors to all or substantially all of the business of
either the  Consultant  or the Company nor may this  Agreement be  terminated by
either party for any reason whatsoever  without the prior written consent of the
other party,  which consent may not be  arbitrarily  withheld by the party whose
consent is required.

Very truly yours,

Schneider Securities, Inc.

By:
   --------------------------
Title:
      -----------------------
Agreed and Accepted By:
Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc.

By:
   --------------------------   
      George Taylor Jr., President




                                                                  Exhibit 23 (a)







Independent Auditors' Consent

     We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Farmstead Telephone
Group,  Inc.  on Form SB-2 of our report  dated March 8, 1996  appearing  in the
Prospectus,  which is part of this Registration Statement,  and to the reference
to us under  the  headings  "Selected  Financial  Data"  and  "Experts"  in such
Prospectus.

/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    Hartford, Connecticut
    May 31, 1996



                          HELLER, HOROWITZ & FEIT, P.C.
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                               292 MADISON AVENUE
                              NEW YORK, N.Y. 10017
                                 (212) 685-7600

JACOB W. HELLER                                                      COUNSEL
RICHARD F. HOROWITZ                                             ROBERT C. MALABY
ELI FEIT                                                              ___
LAWRENCE J. TASCANO                                             
STUART A. BLANDER                                                CABLE ADDRESS  
SIGMUND S. WISSNER-GROSS                                        HELLFEITER, N.Y.
MAURICE W. HELLER                                                     ___      
ALAN A. HELLER                                                                  
     ___                                                           TELECOPIER   
                                                                 (212) 696-9459
IRVING ROTHSTEIN                                                
MAY ORENSTEIN
JOEL C. HAIMS


                                                              May 30, 1996



Farmstead Telephone Group, Inc.
81 Church Street
East Hartford, Connecticut 06108
 
Gentlemen:

     As  counsel  for  your   Company,   we  have   examined  your  Articles  of
Incorporation,  By-Laws, such other corporate records, documents and proceedings
and such  questions  of law as we have deemed  relevant  for the purpose of this
opinion.

     We have also, as such counsel,  examined the  Registration  Statement  (the
"Registration   Statement")   of  your  Company  on  Form  SB-2,   covering  the
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the proposed offer
and  resale  of  (i)  up  to  1,150,000  Units   (including  the   Underwriter's
overallotment  option) of the Company's  securities  (the  "Units"),  each Un it
consisting of one share of Common Stock,  par value $.001 (the "Common  Stock"),
one Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant (the "Class A Warrants") and one Class
B Common Stock Purchase  Warrant (the "Class B Warrants" and  collectively  with
the Class A Warrants,  the "Public  Warrants"),  (ii) 2,000,000 shares of Common
Stock underlying the Public Warrants,  (iii) up to 100,000 Units issuable to the
underwriter,  including 100,000 shares of Common Stock, 100,000 Class A Warrants
and 100,000 Class B Warrants  (the  "Underwriter's  Warrants")  and (iv) 200,000
shares of Common Stock  underlying  the  Underwriter's  Warrants  (collectively,
items (i) - (iv), the "Registered Securities"). Our review has also included the
exhibits  and  form of  prospectus  (the  "Prospectus")  for the  resale  of the
Registered Securities.

     On the basis of such examination, we are of the opinion that:

     1. The Company is a corporation duly authorized and validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,  with corporate  power to
conduct  the  business  which  it  conducts  as  described  in the  Registration
Statement.

     2. The Common Stock  identified in items (i) and (iii) above have been duly
and  validly  authorized  and  created  and,  subject to the  payment  therefore
pursuant to the terms  contemplated in the Prospectus,  will be duly and validly
issued as fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Company.

     3. The Warrants  identified in items (i) and (iii) above have been duly and
validly authorized and created and when exercised in accordance their respective
terms,  the shares of Common Stock  identified in items (ii) and (iv) above will
be issued as fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Company.

     We hereby  consent  to the  filing of this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement and to the use of our name in the  Prospectus  under the
caption "Legal Matters."

                                               Very truly yours,

                                               /s/ Heller, Horowitz & Feit, P.C.

                                               HELLER, HOROWITZ & FEIT, P.C.
HH&F:mm




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission